DEUTSCHE FLOORPLAN RECEIVABLES L P
S-3, 1996-08-28
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
Previous: LINCOLN NATIONAL AGGRESSIVE GROWTH FUND INC, NSAR-A, 1996-08-28
Next: SOUTH DAKOTA TAX FREE FUND INC, N-30D, 1996-08-28



<PAGE>
 
    AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON AUGUST 28, 1996

                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-_____
================================================================================
                                                                                

                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                           ------------------------

                                   FORM S-3
                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                       UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                         ---------------------------

                  DEUTSCHE FLOORPLAN RECEIVABLES MASTER TRUST
                     (ISSUER WITH RESPECT TO CERTIFICATES)
                    ---------------------------------------

                     DEUTSCHE FLOORPLAN RECEIVABLES, L.P.
            (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                   <C>                                 <C> 
           Delaware                     655 Maryville Centre Drive               88-0310100
(State or other Jurisdiction of       St. Louis, Missouri 63141-5832          (I.R.S. Employer
Incorporation or Organization)                (314) 523-3000               Identification Number)
</TABLE>

              (Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number,
       Including Area Code, of Registrant's Principal Executive Offices)
                 ------------------------------------------  

                                Naran Burchinow
             Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
                    Deutsche Financial Services Corporation
                          655 Maryville Centre Drive
                        St. Louis, Missouri 63141-5832
                                (314) 523-3030
 (Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code,
                             of Agent for Service)
                        -------------------------------

                                With copies to:
<TABLE> 
     <C>                                         <C>
     Jason H. P. Kravitt, Esq.                   Stuart M. Litwin, Esq.
     Mayer, Brown & Platt                        Mayer, Brown & Platt
     190 S. LaSalle Street                       190 S. LaSalle Street
     Chicago, IL  60603-3441                     Chicago, IL  60603-3441
</TABLE>

  Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:  As soon as
practicable after Registration Statement becomes effective.
                          --------------------------

  If the only securities being registered on this form are being offered
pursuant to dividend or interest reinvestment plans, please check the following
box. [ ]

  If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a
delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, other than securities offered only in connection with dividend or interest
reinvestment plans, check the following box. [ ]

  If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective statement for the same offering. [ ]

  If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under
the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [ ]

  If the delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]  
                          -------------------------



                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


=======================================================================================================================
                                                                  Proposed            Proposed Maximum      Amount of
        Title of Each Class of              Amount to         Maximum Offering        Aggregate Offering   Registration
     Securities to Be Registered        Be Registered/(2)/ Price Per Unit/(1) (2)/     Price/(1) (2)/          Fee
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                                     <C>                <C>                        <C>                  <C>
Floating Rate Asset Backed
Certificates, Series 1996-1, Class A..  $ 500,000                   100%              $ 500,000            $172.42
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Floating Rate Asset Backed
Certificates, Series 1996-1, Class B..  $ 500,000                   100%              $ 500,000            $172.41
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total.................................  $1,000,000                  100%              $1,000,000           $344.83
=======================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
/(1)/   Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee.
/(2)/   An indeterminate amount of Floating Rate Asset Backed Certificates,
        Class A and Floating Rate Asset Backed Certificates, Class B are also
        being registered for the purpose of market making transactions by
        Deutsche Morgan Grenfell, an affiliate of the Registrant.
                       --------------------------------

THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES
AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE
A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
<PAGE>

===============================================================================

                               INTRODUCTORY NOTE


  This Registration Statement contains the Prospectus relating to the offering
of Floating Rate Asset Backed Certificates, Series 1996-1, Class A and Floating
Rate Asset Backed Certificates Series 1996-1, Class B, (collectively, the
"Certificates") to be created pursuant to a Pooling and Servicing Agreement,
among Deutsche Floorplan Receivables, L.P., as the seller (the "Seller"),
Deutsche Financial Services Corporation, as servicer, and Chase Manhattan Bank,
N.A. as trustee, and the related Series 1996-1 Supplement. Because an affiliate
of the Seller intends to make a market in the Certificates for which it acts as
an underwriter, immediately following the form of the Prospectus relating to the
offering of the Certificates there follow alternate pages of the Prospectus,
which will be used by such affiliate in connection with any offers and sales
relating to market-making transactions in the Certificates. All other pages of
the form of the Prospectus are also to be used for the market-making Prospectus.
<PAGE>
 
A registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission but has not yet become effective.  
Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment.  These
securities may not be sold nor may offers to buy be accepted prior to the time
the registration statement becomes effective.  This preliminary prospectus shall
not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall
there be any sale of these securities in any State in which such offer,
solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior to registration or qualification
under the securities laws of any State.

                 SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED __________, 1996

P R O S P E C T U S                                        
- -------------------                                          

                                 $_____________
                  Deutsche Floorplan Receivables Master Trust
 $____________ Floating Rate Asset Backed Certificates, Series 1996-1, Class A
 $____________ Floating Rate Asset Backed Certificates, Series 1996-1, Class B
                      Deutsche Floorplan Receivables, L.P.
                                     Seller
                    Deutsche Financial Services Corporation
                                    Servicer
                                ---------------

     The $___________ Floating Rate Asset Backed Certificates, Series 1996-1,
Class A (the "Class A Certificates") and the $___________ Floating Rate Asset
Backed Certificates, Series 1996-1, Class B (the "Class B Certificates" and
together with the Class A Certificates, the "Offered Certificates") offered
hereby evidence undivided interests in certain assets of the Deutsche Floorplan
Receivables Master Trust (the "Trust") created pursuant to a Pooling and
Servicing Agreement among Deutsche Floorplan Receivables, L.P., as the seller
(the "Seller"), Deutsche Financial Services Corporation, as servicer ("DFS" or
the "Servicer"), and Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A., as trustee (the "Trustee"). The
Trust will also issue $___________ Floating Rate Asset Backed Certificates,
Series 1996-1, Class C (the "Class C Certificates" and, together with the
Offered Certificates, the "Certificates" or "Series 1996-1"), which are not
being offered hereby. The Trust assets include receivables (the "Receivables")
generated from time to time in a portfolio of revolving financing arrangements
(the "Accounts") with dealers and manufacturers to finance their inventory and
their accounts receivable and the collections on the Receivables, as more fully
described herein. See "The Trust." Certain assets of the Trust will be allocated
to Certificateholders, including the right to receive a varying percentage of
each month's collections with respect to the Receivables at the times and in the
manner described herein. See "Description of the Certificates--Allocation
Percentages." The Seller will own the remaining interest in the Trust not
represented by the Certificates or the certificates of any other Series issued
by the Trust (the "Seller's Interest"). From time to time, subject to certain
conditions, the Seller may offer other series of certificates (each, a
"Series"), which may have terms significantly different from the terms of the
Certificates. (Continued on next page).

  PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSIDER THE FACTORS SET FORTH ON PAGES 19 TO 26
UNDER "RISK FACTORS".

                                ---------------

THE OFFERED CERTIFICATES REPRESENT BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN THE TRUST ONLY AND DO
 NOT REPRESENT INTERESTS IN OR OBLIGATIONS OF THE SELLER, THE SERVICER, DEUTSCHE
    BANK AG OR ANY AFFILIATE THEREOF. NONE OF THE CERTIFICATES, THE RECEIVABLES
       OR THE OTHER ASSETS OF THE TRUST ARE INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY ANY
                              GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.

  THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
   EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURI-
     TIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED
       UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.  ANY REPRESENTA-
                  TION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
===============================================================================
                             Price to      Underwriting    Proceeds to the
                             Public(l)      Discount(2)     Seller(1)(3)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                        <C>            <C>              <C>
 
Per Class A Certificate..  _________%      _________%      _________%
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Per Class B Certificate..  _________%      _________%      _________%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total....................  $_________      $_________      $_________
===============================================================================
</TABLE>
(1)  Plus accrued interest, if any, at the applicable Certificate Rate from
     ___________, 1996.
(2)  The Seller has agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against certain
     liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.
(3)  Before deducting expenses, estimated to be $_________.


     The Offered Certificates are offered subject to prior sale, when, as and if
issued to and accepted by the Underwriters and subject to their right to reject
orders in whole or in part.  It is expected that delivery of the Offered
Certificates will be made in book-entry form only through the facilities of The
Depository Trust Company, CEDEL S.A. and the Euroclear System on or about
_________, 1996.

                            DEUTSCHE MORGAN GRENFELL


                 The date of this Prospectus is _________, 1996
<PAGE>
 
(Continued from previous page).

     Interest with respect to the Certificates will accrue from _____________,
1996, and is payable on or about the fifteenth day of each month (each a
"Distribution Date"), commencing _____________, 1996, and on the related
maturity date.  The per annum rate of interest with respect to each class of
Certificates for each monthly period (or in the case of the first Distribution
Date, the period from the initial issuance of the Certificates to the first
Distribution Date) will be determined as described herein.  See "Description of
the Certificates--Interest."  The principal of the Certificates is scheduled to
be paid on the ________________ [199_] [200_] Distribution Date.

  The Class B Certificates will be subordinated to the Class A Certificates as
described herein and the Class C Certificates will be subordinated to the Class
A Certificates and the Class B Certificates to the extent described herein.  See
"Description of the Certificates--Distributions" and "--Investor Charge-Offs."
The Seller's Interest will be subordinated to the rights of the
Certificateholders to the limited extent of the Available Subordinated Amount as
described herein.  See "Description of the Certificates--Allocation of
Collections; Deposits in Collection Account; Limited Subordination of Seller's
Interest."

  Reference is made to the Index of Principal Terms on page 94 for the location
herein of definitions of certain capitalized terms used herein.


  IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVERALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE CERTIFICATES AT
A LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE OPEN MARKET.  SUCH
STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.



                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION

  The Seller has filed a Registration Statement (the "Registration Statement")
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), with the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") with respect to the
Certificates offered pursuant to this Prospectus.  This Prospectus, which forms
part of the Registration Statement, does not contain all of the information
contained in the Registration Statement and the exhibits thereto.  For further
information, reference is made to the Registration Statement and amendments
thereof and exhibits thereto, which are available for inspection without charge
at the public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at 450 Fifth
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549; 7 World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New
York, New York 10048; and Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400,
Chicago, Illinois 60661-2511. Copies of the Registration Statement and
amendments thereof and exhibits thereto may be obtained from the Public
Reference Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C.
20549, at prescribed rates.  In addition, the Commission maintains a public
access site on the Internet through the World Wide Web at which site reports,
information statements and other information, including all electronic filings,
may be viewed.  The Internet address of such World Wide Web site is
http://www.sec.gov.


                         REPORTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS

  Unless and until Definitive Certificates are issued, monthly and annual
unaudited reports, containing information concerning the Trust and prepared by
the Servicer, will be sent on behalf of the Trust to Cede & Co. ("Cede"), as
nominee of The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") and registered holder of the
Offered Certificates, pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. The
availability of copies of such reports to DTC participants and ultimately to the
beneficial owners of the Offered Certificates ("Certificate Owners") will be
governed by arrangements among DTC and such parties, subject to any statutory or
regulatory requirements from time to time. See "Description of the
Certificates--Reports" and "--Evidence as to Compliance." The Seller, on behalf
of the Trust, will file with the Commission such periodic reports with respect
to the Trust as are required under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended (the "Exchange Act"), and the rules and regulations of the Commission
thereunder. The Seller intends to continue to file with respect to the Trust
such periodic reports pursuant to the requirements of the Exchange Act for the
period after such filings could be discontinued in reliance on Section 15(d)
thereof until the Certificates are no longer outstanding.

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
                               OTHER INFORMATION

     Upon receipt of a request by an investor who has received an electronic
Prospectus from an Underwriter or a request by such investor's representative
within the period during which there is an obligation to deliver a Prospectus,
the Seller or such Underwriter will promptly deliver, or cause to be delivered,
without charge, a paper copy of the Prospectus.


                INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

     All documents filed by or on behalf of the Trust pursuant to Section 13(a),
13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, subsequent to the date of this
Prospectus and prior to the termination of the offering of the Certificates,
shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference in this Prospectus.  Any
statement contained in a document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by
reference herein shall be deemed to be modified or superseded for purposes of
this Prospectus to the extent that a statement contained herein or in any
subsequently filed document which also is or is deemed to be incorporated by
reference herein modifies or supersedes such statement.  Any such statement so
modified or superseded shall not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded,
to constitute a part of this Prospectus.

     DFS will provide without charge to each person, including any beneficial
owner of Certificates, to whom a copy of this Prospectus is delivered, on the
written or oral request of any such person, a copy of any or all of the
documents incorporated herein by reference, except the exhibits to such
documents (unless such exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference in
such documents). Requests for such copies should be directed to Deutsche
Financial Services Corporation, 655 Maryville Centre Drive, St. Louis, Missouri
63141-5832; Telephone (314) 523-3000, Attention: General Counsel.

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     The following summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the
detailed information appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.  Reference is made
to the Index of Principal Terms on page 94 for the location herein of the
definitions of certain capitalized terms used herein.



Offered Securities............$___________ Floating Rate Asset Backed
                                Certificates, Series 1996--1, Class A (the
                                "Class A Certificates") and $___________
                                Floating Rate Asset Backed Certificates, Series
                                1996--1, Class B (the "Class B Certificates"
                                and, together with the Class A Certificates, the
                                "Offered Certificates").

                              The Offered Certificates will represent beneficial
                                interests in the Trust only and will not
                                represent interests in or obligations of
                                Deutsche Financial Services Corporation,
                                Deutsche Floorplan Receivables, L.P., Deutsche
                                Bank AG or any of their affiliates. None of the
                                Offered Certificates, the Receivables or the
                                other assets of the Trust are insured or
                                guaranteed by any governmental agency or
                                instrumentality or by Deutsche Financial
                                Services Corporation, Deutsche Floorplan
                                Receivables, L.P., Deutsche Bank AG or any of
                                their affiliates.

Securities Not Offered........The $______________ Floating Rate Asset Backed
                                Certificates, Series 1996--1, Class C (the
                                "Class C Certificates") initially will be issued
                                to the Seller although the Seller has the right
                                to sell the Class C Certificates, in whole or
                                part. Only the Offered Certificates are being
                                offered to the investors. The Offered
                                Certificates and the Class C Certificates are
                                referred to collectively herein as the
                                "Certificates" or "Series 1996--1." The holders
                                of the Certificates are referred to collectively
                                herein as the "Certificateholders" and
                                individually as the "Class A
                                Certificateholders," "Class B
                                Certificateholders" and "Class C
                                Certificateholders."

                              The certificate evidencing the Seller's Interest
                                (the "Seller's Certificate") is not being
                                offered hereby.

Issuer........................Deutsche Floorplan Receivables Master Trust (the
                                "Trust"). The Trust was formerly known as the
                                ITT Floorplan Receivables Master Trust.

Seller........................Deutsche Floorplan Receivables, L.P. (the
                                "Seller"), a Delaware limited partnership, the
                                general partner of which is Deutsche Floorplan
                                Receivables, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of
                                Deutsche Financial Services Corporation, and the
                                limited partner of which is Deutsche Financial
                                Services Corporation. The Seller was formerly
                                known as ITT Floorplan Receivables, L.P.; its
                                general partner was formerly known as ITT
                                Floorplan Receivables, Inc.; and its limited
                                partner was formerly known as ITT Commercial
                                Finance Corp.

Servicer......................Deutsche Financial Services Corporation ("DFS"
                                or, in its capacity as servicer, the
                                "Servicer"), a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary
                                of Deutsche Bank AG. The Servicer was formerly
                                known as ITT Commercial Finance Corp.

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
Trustee.............Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A. (the "Trustee").

The Trust...........The Trust was formed pursuant to a Pooling and Servicing
                      Agreement, dated as of December 1, 1993, as amended and
                      restated as of March 1, 1994, and as further amended as of
                      January 24, 1996, among the Seller, as seller, DFS, as
                      Servicer, and Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A., as Trustee (as
                      supplemented and amended from time to time thereafter
                      (including as supplemented by the Supplement relating to
                      the Certificates), the "Pooling and Servicing Agreement").
                      The assets of the Trust currently include and will include
                      (a) certain Receivables generated from time to time during
                      the term of the Trust under Accounts that existed at the
                      close of business on October 31, 1993 (the "Initial Cut-
                      Off Date"), as well as certain Receivables generated under
                      any Accounts added to the Trust from time to time
                      thereafter (less Receivables paid or charged off and
                      excluding (i) Receivables generated in any Accounts
                      removed from the Trust from time to time after the Initial
                      Cut-Off Date and (ii) any undivided interest in the
                      Receivables in certain Accounts that has been transferred
                      to a third party), (b) all funds collected or to be
                      collected in respect of such Receivables, (c) all funds on
                      deposit in certain accounts of the Trust, including funds
                      on deposit in the Excess Funding Account, the Principal
                      Funding Account, the Interest Funding Account and the
                      Reserve Fund, (d) any other Enhancement issued with
                      respect to any other Series (the drawing on or payment of
                      such Enhancement not being available to 
                      Certificateholders), (e) an assignment of a security
                      interest in certain consumer and commercial products,
                      accounts receivable or other assets (collectively, the
                      "Collateral Security") securing the Receivables (exclusive
                      of the Unsecured Receivables), and (f) the Seller's
                      rights, remedies, powers and privileges under certain
                      Floorplan Agreements but only to the extent of the
                      inventory underlying the Receivables. See "The Trust." The
                      term "Enhancement" means, with respect to any Series, any
                      letter of credit, surety bond, cash collateral account,
                      guaranteed rate agreement, maturity liquidity facility,
                      tax protection agreement, interest rate swap agreement or
                      other similar arrangement for the benefit of
                      certificateholders of such Series. The Offered
                      Certificates will not have the benefit of any credit
                      enhancement other than (i) the subordination of the Class
                      B Certificates and Class C Certificates for the benefit of
                      each class of Certificates with an earlier alphabetical
                      designation and (ii) partial subordination of the Seller's
                      Interest as described herein. See "Description of the
                      Certificates--Allocation of Collections; Deposits in
                      Collection Account; Limited Subordination of Seller's
                      Interest" and "--Distributions."

The Accounts........The Accounts pursuant to which the Receivables have been or
                      will be generated are revolving credit agreements entered
                      into with DFS by dealers to purchase or finance the
                      consumer and commercial product inventory or the accounts
                      receivable of dealers in such products. The Accounts may
                      also include revolving credit facilities secured by
                      inventory, accounts receivable and other assets of certain
                      dealers, manufacturers or distributors or unsecured
                      revolving credit facilities. The Accounts are selected
                      from all such credit agreements of DFS or its affiliate,
                      Deutsche Business Services Corporation ("Deutsche BSC"),
                      which meet the criteria provided in the Pooling and
                      Servicing Agreement

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
                      (the "Eligible Accounts"). Under certain circumstances
                      Accounts may be added to, or removed from, the Trust. In
                      the future the Trust may include Receivables from Accounts
                      originated by other affiliates of DFS, subject to
                      satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition. (Unless
                      otherwise specified, references in this Prospectus to
                      Receivables originated or conveyed by DFS include those
                      originated or conveyed by Deutsche BSC or any such other
                      affiliate.) See "The Accounts," "Description of the
                      Certificates--Addition of Accounts" and "--Removal of
                      Accounts."

The Receivables.... The Receivables have arisen or will arise in the Accounts.
                      The Receivables consist of advances made or to be made by
                      DFS to dealers located in the United States to finance
                      their consumer and commercial product inventory or to
                      manufacturers or distributors located in the United States
                      to finance their inventory, finished parts or other assets
                      (such dealers, manufacturers and distributors being
                      referred to as "Dealers"). Such products may include,
                      among others: computers and computer products,
                      manufactured housing, recreation vehicles, boats and
                      motors, consumer electronics and appliances, keyboard and
                      other musical instruments, industrial and agricultural
                      equipment, office automation products, snowmobiles and
                      motorcycles. The types of products may change over time.
                      Certain advances to Dealers are used by Dealers to finance
                      the accounts receivable that arise from sales of their
                      products. Generally, the principal amount of an advance in
                      respect of a product is equal to the wholesale purchase
                      price of the product (in certain cases, at a discount
                      therefrom) and, subject to certain exceptions, is due upon
                      the retail sale of the product or, in certain cases, in
                      accordance with a payment schedule. Advances in respect of
                      accounts receivable are generally limited to 80%-85% of
                      the aggregate amount of the eligible accounts receivable.
                      See "The Dealer Floorplan Financing Business of DFS--
                      Creation of Receivables" and "--Payment Terms." The
                      Receivables bear interest at an adjustable rate described
                      herein. See "Description of the Certificates--Interest."
                      Certain Receivables do not bear interest for a specified
                      period following their origination. A limited amount of
                      the Receivables are not secured by collateral (the
                      "Unsecured Receivables"). See "The Dealer Floorplan
                      Financing Business of DFS--Creation of Receivables."

                    DFS has entered into a Receivables Contribution and Sale
                      Agreement, dated as of December 1, 1993, as amended and
                      restated as of March 1, 1994, and as further amended as of
                      January 24, 1996, among the Seller, as purchaser, and DFS
                      and Deutsche BSC, as sellers (as amended from time to
                      time, the "Receivables Contribution and Sale Agreement").
                      Pursuant to the Receivables Contribution and Sale
                      Agreement, DFS and Deutsche BSC (a) contributed and sold,
                      respectively, as of the Initial Cut-off Date and
                      thereafter have sold and will sell to the Seller all of
                      their respective right, title and interest in and to all
                      Receivables meeting certain eligibility criteria contained
                      in the Receivables Contribution and Sale Agreement and the
                      Pooling and Servicing Agreement ("Eligible Receivables")
                      and (b) have assigned and will assign their respective
                      security interests in the Collateral Security to the
                      Seller. The Seller in turn has transferred and will
                      transfer such Receivables and security interest in the
                      Collateral Security to the Trust pursuant to the Pooling

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
                      and Servicing Agreement. The Seller has assigned to the
                      Trust its rights with respect to the Receivables under the
                      Receivables Contribution and Sale Agreement. See
                      "Description of the Receivables Contribution and Sale
                      Agreement."

                    All new Receivables arising under the Accounts during the
                      term of the Trust will be sold by DFS or Deutsche BSC to
                      the Seller and transferred by the Seller to the Trust.
                      Accordingly, the aggregate amount of Receivables in the
                      Trust will fluctuate from day to day as new Receivables
                      are generated and as existing Receivables are collected,
                      charged off as uncollectible or otherwise adjusted.

Discount Factor; 
Collections........ While finance charges are payable on the Receivables
                      generally, finance charges will not begin to accrue on a
                      portion of the Receivables until a certain period of time
                      has elapsed after their origination. Therefore, in order
                      to create imputed interest in respect of such Receivables
                      for their non-interest bearing period and for
                      administrative uniformity in accounting for Collections, a
                      portion of the Collections on each Receivable that are not
                      part of the finance charges, if any, paid on that
                      Receivable will be treated as finance charges or non-
                      principal Collections (such non-principal Collections,
                      together with collections of finance charges, being
                      referred to as "Non-Principal Collections"). The remainder
                      of the Collections on the Receivables will be treated as
                      principal collections ("Principal Collections"). The
                      portion of the balance of a Receivable that will be
                      treated as a finance charge when such Receivable is
                      collected will be equal to the product of the balance of
                      such Receivable times the discount factor (the "Discount
                      Factor") in effect at the time of the collection of such
                      Receivable. As of July 31, 1996 (the "Series 1996-1 Cut-
                      off Date") the Discount Factor was 0.40%. The Discount
                      Factor may be adjusted as described under "Description of
                      the Certificates--Discount Factor," but will in no event
                      exceed 1%.

The Certificates... The Offered Certificates will be issued in the aggregate
                      initial principal amount of $_____________ in minimum
                      denominations of $1,000 and in integral multiples of
                      $1,000 in excess thereof. Except in certain limited
                      circumstances as described herein under "Description of
                      the Certificates--Definitive Certificates," the
                      Certificates will only be available in book-entry form.

                    The Trust's assets will be allocated in part to the
                      Certificateholders (the "Certificateholders' Interest")
                      and to the certificateholders of any other outstanding
                      Series (such other certificateholders, together with the
                      Certificateholders, are referred to as
                      "certificateholders"), with the remainder allocated to the
                      Seller (the "Seller's Interest"). A portion of the
                      Seller's Interest will be subordinated to the
                      Certificateholders' Interest, as described herein. See
                      "Description of the Certificates-- Allocation of
                      Collections; Deposits in Collection Account; Limited
                      Subordination of Seller's Interest."

                    The Class B Certificates will be subordinated to fund
                      payments of principal and interest on the Class A
                      Certificates. The Class C Certificates will

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
                      be subordinated to fund payments of principal and interest
                      on the Class A Certificates and the Class B Certificates.
                      See "Description of the Certificates--Distributions."

                    The Class A Certificates will evidence undivided interests
                      in the assets of the Trust and will represent the right to
                      receive from such assets funds up to (but not in excess
                      of) the amounts required to make payments of interest on
                      each Distribution Date on the Class A Certificates at the
                      Class A Certificate Rate and the payment of principal on
                      the Expected Final Payment Date (or earlier or later under
                      certain circumstances) to the extent of the Class A
                      Invested Amount (which may be less than the aggregate
                      unpaid principal amount of the Class A Certificates, in
                      certain circumstances, if the Investor Default Amount
                      exceeds funds allocable thereto and the Class B Invested
                      Amount and the Class C Invested Amount have been reduced
                      to zero).

                    The Class B Certificates will evidence undivided interests
                      in the assets of the Trust and will represent the right to
                      receive from such assets funds up to (but not in excess
                      of) the amounts required to make payments of interest on
                      each Distribution Date on the Class B Certificates at the
                      Class B Certificate Rate and the payment of principal on
                      the Expected Final Payment Date (or earlier or later under
                      certain circumstances) to the extent of the Class B
                      Invested Amount (which may be less than the aggregate
                      unpaid principal amount of the Class B Certificates, in
                      certain circumstances, if the Investor Default Amount
                      exceeds funds allocable thereto and the Class C Invested
                      Amount has been reduced to zero).

                    The Class C Certificates will evidence undivided interests
                      in the assets of the Trust and will represent the right to
                      receive from such assets funds up to (but not in excess
                      of) the amounts required to make payments of interest on
                      each Distribution Date on the Class C Certificates at the
                      Class C Certificate Rate and the payment of principal on
                      the Expected Final Payment Date (or earlier or later under
                      certain circumstances) to the extent of the Class C
                      Invested Amount (which may be less than the aggregate
                      unpaid principal amount of the Class C Certificates, in
                      certain circumstances, if the Investor Default Amount
                      exceeds funds allocable thereto).

Registration of 
Offered 
Certificates....... The Offered Certificates will initially be represented by
                      one or more Certificates registered in the name of Cede &
                      Co., as the nominee of DTC. No person acquiring an
                      interest in the Offered Certificates will be entitled to
                      receive a definitive certificate representing such
                      person's interest except in the event that Definitive
                      Certificates are issued under the limited circumstances
                      described herein. See "Description of the Certificates--
                      Definitive Certificates." Class A and Class B
                      Certificateholders may elect to hold their interests
                      through DTC, in the United States, or Centrale de
                      Livraison de Valeurs Mobilieres S.A. ("CEDEL") or the
                      Euroclear System ("Euroclear"), in Europe. Transfers
                      within DTC, CEDEL or Euroclear, as the case may be, will
                      be in accordance with the usual rules and operating
                      procedures of the relevant system. Cross-market transfers
                      between persons holding directly or indirectly through
                      DTC, on the one hand, and counterparties

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
                      holding directly or indirectly through CEDEL or Euroclear,
                      on the other, will be effected in DTC through Citibank,
                      N.A. ("Citibank") or Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New
                      York ("Morgan"), the relevant depositories (collectively,
                      the "Depositaries") of CEDEL or Euroclear, respectively,
                      and each a participating member of DTC. See "Description
                      of the Certificates--Book-Entry Registration" and "--
                      Definitive Certificates."

Issuance of 
New Series......... The Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that, pursuant
                      to any one or more supplements thereto (each, a
                      "Supplement"), the Seller may cause the Trustee to issue
                      one or more new Series of certificates (a "New Issuance").
                      The issuance of the Certificates pursuant to the
                      Supplement related thereto will constitute a New Issuance.
                      The Pooling and Servicing Agreement also provides that the
                      Seller may specify, with respect to any Series, the
                      Principal Terms of the Series. The Seller may offer any
                      Series to the public or other investors under a prospectus
                      or other disclosure document in transactions either
                      registered under the Securities Act or exempt from
                      registration thereunder, directly or through one or more
                      underwriters or placement agents.

                    Under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and pursuant to a
                      Supplement, a New Issuance may only occur upon delivery to
                      the Trustee of the following: (a) a Supplement specifying
                      the Principal Terms of such Series, (b) an opinion of
                      counsel to the effect that, for federal income and
                      Missouri income tax purposes, (x) such issuance will not
                      adversely affect the characterization of the certificates
                      of any outstanding Series or class as debt, (y) such
                      issuance will not cause a taxable event to any
                      certificateholders and (z) such new Series will be
                      characterized as debt and (c) evidence that the Rating
                      Agency Condition has been satisfied. "Rating Agency
                      Condition" means, with respect to any action, that each
                      Rating Agency will have notified the Seller, the Servicer
                      and the Trustee in writing that such action will not
                      result in a reduction or withdrawal of the rating of any
                      outstanding Series or class of certificates with respect
                      to which it is a Rating Agency. See "Description of the
                      Certificates--New Issuances."

Other Series 
Issuances.......... The Trust has issued two Series prior to the date hereof,
                      only one of which is still outstanding. The outstanding
                      Series is referred to as the Floating Rate Asset Backed
                      Certificates, Series 1994-1 ("Series 1994-1" and with
                      respect to the certificates of such Series, the "Series
                      1994-1 Certificates"). See "Annex 1: Other Issuances of
                      Investor Certificates" for a summary of the Series 1994-1
                      Certificates.

Allocations........ The Certificateholders' Interest will include the right to
                      receive (but only to the extent needed to make required
                      payments under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement)
                      varying percentages of Collections collected during each
                      calendar month (a "Collection Period"). Collections and
                      Defaulted Receivables for any Collection Period will be
                      allocated to the Certificateholders' Interest as described
                      below and as more fully described under "Description of
                      the Certificates--Allocation Percentages." Collections and
                      Defaulted Receivables not allocated to

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
                      Series 1996-1 will be allocated to the Seller's Interest
                      and the certificateholders' interests in other Series.

                    Non-Principal Collections and Defaulted Receivables will be
                      allocated at all times to the Certificateholders' Interest
                      based on the Floating Allocation Percentage applicable
                      during the related Collection Period. The Floating
                      Allocation Percentage for any Collection Period is the
                      percentage obtained by dividing (a) the Invested Amount on
                      the last day of the immediately preceding Collection
                      Period by (b) the product of (i) the aggregate amount of
                      the principal balances of the Receivables (exclusive of
                      all Ineligible Receivables) on the last day of the
                      immediately preceding Collection Period and (ii) 1 minus
                      the Discount Factor (such product, the "Pool Balance").

                    During the Revolving Period, subject to certain limitations,
                      Principal Collections allocable to the Certificateholders'
                      Interest will be allocated and paid to the Seller or
                      allocated to any other Series in exchange for the
                      allocation to the Certificateholders' Interest of an equal
                      interest in the Receivables balances that are new or that
                      would otherwise be part of the Seller's Interest or the
                      interest of the certificateholders of such other Series
                      or, in certain circumstances, will be deposited into the
                      Excess Funding Account. During the Accumulation Period and
                      any Early Amortization Period, Principal Collections will
                      be allocated to the Certificateholders' Interest based on
                      the Principal Allocation Percentage. The Principal
                      Allocation Percentage for a Collection Period during the
                      Accumulation Period and any Early Amortization Period is
                      the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of
                      which is the Invested Amount on the last day of the
                      Revolving Period and the denominator of which is the Pool
                      Balance on the last day of the immediately preceding
                      Collection Period. Unless an Early Amortization Event
                      shall have occurred, monthly deposits of principal with
                      respect to the Certificates to the Principal Funding
                      Account will not exceed the Controlled Distribution Amount
                      and, subject to certain limitations, any Principal
                      Collections not required to be deposited in the Principal
                      Funding Account will be paid to the Seller or allocated to
                      any other Series as described herein. See "Description of
                      the Certificates--Allocation Percentages--Principal
                      Collections for all Series."

Interest........... Interest on the respective outstanding principal balance of
                      each class of Offered Certificates will accrue at the
                      applicable Certificate Rate and will be payable monthly to
                      Certificateholders on the fifteenth day of each month (or,
                      if such day is not a business day, on the next succeeding
                      business day) (each, a "Distribution Date"), commencing
                      __________, 1996. Interest payable on a Distribution Date
                      will accrue from and including the preceding Distribution
                      Date (or, in the case of the first Distribution Date, from
                      and including ________, 1996 (the "Closing Date")) to but
                      excluding such Distribution Date (each such period, an
                      "Interest Period"). Interest for any Distribution Date
                      will be calculated on the basis of the actual number of
                      days in the related Interest Period divided by 360, and
                      interest due but not paid on any Distribution Date will be
                      due on the next Distribution Date together with, to the
                      extent

                                      10
<PAGE>
 
                      lawfully payable, interest on such amount at the
                      applicable Certificate Rate.

                    Interest on the outstanding principal balance of the Class A
                      Certificates will accrue for each Interest Period at a
                      rate per annum equal to the lesser of (i) LIBOR plus ___%
                      per annum and (ii) the Net Receivables Rate (the "Class A
                      Certificate Rate"). Interest on the outstanding principal
                      balance of the Class B Certificates will accrue for each
                      Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the lesser of
                      (i) LIBOR plus ___% per annum and (ii) the Net Receivables
                      Rate (the "Class B Certificate Rate"). Interest on the
                      outstanding principal balance of the Class C Certificates
                      will accrue for each Interest Period at a rate per annum
                      equal to the lesser of (i) LIBOR plus ___% per annum and
                      (ii) the Net Receivables Rate (the "Class C Certificate
                      Rate" and, together with the Class A Certificate Rate and
                      the Class B Certificate Rate, the "Certificate Rates").

                    Interest payments on the Certificates will be paid from
                      Certificateholder Non-Principal Collections for the
                      related Collection Period, withdrawals, if any, from the
                      Reserve Fund, Investment Proceeds, if any, and, under
                      certain circumstances, Available Seller's Collections to
                      the extent of the Available Subordinated Amount.

Principal.......... It is expected that the final principal payment with respect
                      to the Offered Certificates will be made on the
                      Distribution Date in __________ [199_][200_] (the
                      "Expected Final Payment Date"). The final principal
                      payment with respect to the Certificates may be paid
                      earlier than the Expected Final Payment Date if an Early
                      Amortization Event occurs, or later under certain
                      circumstances described herein. See "Maturity and
                      Principal Payment Considerations" and "Description of the
                      Certificates--Optional Repurchase."

Excess Funding 
Account............ On each Distribution Date during the Revolving Period, if
                      (a) the Pool Balance at the end of the preceding
                      Collection Period is less than the Pool Balance at the end
                      of the second preceding Collection Period and (b) the Pool
                      Balance at the end of the preceding Collection Period is
                      less than the Required Participation Amount for such
                      Distribution Date (calculated before giving effect to any
                      deposits to the Excess Funding Account and any excess
                      funding account for any other Series in their revolving
                      periods to be made on such Distribution Date), then
                      certain Available Certificateholder Principal Collections
                      will be deposited in the Excess Funding Account on such
                      Distribution Date. Except as provided herein, any funds on
                      deposit in the Excess Funding Account will be withdrawn on
                      a subsequent Distribution Date and paid to the Seller or
                      allocated to one or more Series which are in amortization,
                      early amortization or accumulation periods to the extent
                      of any increases in the Invested Amount as a result of the
                      addition of Receivables to the Trust or, in certain
                      circumstances, the repayment of other Series. See
                      "Description of the Certificates--Excess Funding Account"
                      and "--Distributions." Upon the commencement of an Early
                      Amortization Period or the Accumulation Period, funds on
                      deposit in the Excess Funding Account will be deposited
                      into the Principal Funding Account.

                                      11
<PAGE>
 
                      No funds will be deposited into the Excess Funding Account
                      during any Early Amortization Period. See "Description of
                      the Certificates--Excess Funding Account" and "--
                      Distributions."

Revolving Period... During the Revolving Period, Principal Collections allocable
                      to the Certificateholders' Interest generally will be paid
                      to the Seller, deposited to the Excess Funding Account or
                      allocated to another Series (in effect, in exchange for
                      the allocation to the Certificateholders' Interest of an
                      equal interest in the Receivables balances that are new or
                      that would otherwise be part of the Seller's Interest or
                      the interest of the certificateholders of such other
                      Series) in order to maintain the sum of the Invested
                      Amount and the amount, if any, in the Excess Funding
                      Account at a constant level. The "Revolving Period" will
                      be the period beginning at the close of business on
                      ______________ , 1996 and ending on the earlier of (x) the
                      day immediately preceding the Accumulation Period
                      Commencement Date and (y) the business day immediately
                      preceding the day on which an Early Amortization Event
                      occurs. See "Description of the Certificates--Early
                      Amortization Events" for a discussion of certain events
                      which might lead to the early termination of the Revolving
                      Period.

Accumulation 
Period............. Unless an Early Amortization Period commences, the Offered
                      Certificates will have an accumulation period (the
                      "Accumulation Period"), which will commence on the
                      Accumulation Period Commencement Date, and continue until
                      the earlier of (a) the commencement of an Early
                      Amortization Period and (b) the Expected Final Payment
                      Date. The Accumulation Period permits the accumulation of
                      certain collections in installments over a specified
                      period in anticipation of a full principal payment with
                      respect to the Offered Certificates on the Expected Final
                      Payment Date. During the Accumulation Period, Principal
                      Collections allocable to the Certificateholders' Interest
                      and certain other amounts allocable to the
                      Certificateholders' Interest will be deposited on or
                      before each Distribution Date in a trust account (the
                      "Principal Funding Account") and, together with any
                      amounts in the Excess Funding Account, used to make
                      principal distributions to Certificateholders when due.
                      The amount to be deposited in the Principal Funding
                      Account on any Distribution Date will be limited to an
                      amount equal to the Controlled Distribution Amount. See
                      "Description of the Certificates--Distributions from the
                      Collection Account; Reserve Fund--Principal Collections."

                    The Accumulation Period with respect to the Certificates is
                      scheduled to begin on the first day of the ____________
                      [199_][200_] Collection Period (the "Accumulation Period
                      Commencement Date"), subject to postponement as described
                      below in this paragraph. Upon written notice to the
                      Trustee, the Servicer may elect to postpone the
                      Accumulation Period Commencement Date, and extend the
                      length of the Revolving Period, subject to certain
                      conditions including those set forth below. The Servicer
                      may make such election only if the Accumulation Period
                      Length (determined as described below) is less than four
                      months. On each Determination Date, beginning with the
                      Determination Date occurring in the _______ [199_] [200_]
                      Collection Period, the Servicer will determine

                                      12
<PAGE>
 
                      the "Accumulation Period Length," which is the number of
                      months expected to be required to fully fund the Principal
                      Funding Account no later than the Expected Final Payment
                      Date, based on (a) the expected monthly collections of
                      Principal Receivables expected to be distributable to the
                      Certificateholders assuming a principal payment rate no
                      greater than the lowest monthly principal payment rate on
                      the Receivables for the preceding three months and (b) the
                      amount of principal expected to be distributable to
                      certificateholders of Series which are not expected to be
                      in their revolving periods during the Accumulation Period.
                      If the Accumulation Period Length is less than four
                      months, the Servicer may, at its option, postpone the
                      Accumulation Period Commencement Date such that the number
                      of months included in the Accumulation Period will be
                      equal to or exceed the Accumulation Period Length. 

                    The effect of the foregoing calculation is to permit the
                      reduction of the length of the Accumulation Period based
                      on the investor interest of certain other Series which are
                      scheduled to be in their revolving periods during the
                      Accumulation Period and on increases in the principal
                      payment rate occurring after the issuance date with
                      respect to Series 1996-1. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
                      the Accumulation Period Commencement Date may not be
                      postponed beyond the first day of the _______ [199_][200_]
                      Collection Period.

                    Funds on deposit in the Principal Funding Account will be
                      available to pay the Class A Certificateholders the Class
                      A Invested Amount on the Expected Final Payment Date. If
                      the aggregate principal amount of deposits made to the
                      Principal Funding Account is insufficient to pay the Class
                      A Invested Amount on the Expected Final Payment Date, the
                      Early Amortization Period will commence. Although it is
                      anticipated that scheduled principal will be available for
                      distribution to the Class A Certificateholders on the
                      Expected Final Payment Date, no assurance can be given in
                      that regard.

                    On the Expected Final Payment Date, provided that the Class
                      A Invested Amount is paid in full on the Expected Final
                      Payment Date and the Early Amortization Period has not
                      commenced, Principal Collections will be payable to the
                      Class B Certificateholders in respect of the Class B
                      Invested Amount as described herein. See "Description of
                      the Certificates--Distributions." If such Principal
                      Collections are insufficient to pay the Class B Invested
                      Amount in full on the Expected Final Payment Date, the
                      Early Amortization Period will commence. Although it is
                      anticipated that scheduled principal will be available for
                      distribution to the Class B Certificateholders on the
                      Expected Final Payment Date, no assurance can be given in
                      that regard.

                    Other Series issued by the Trust may have either an
                      accumulation period or an amortization period. Such
                      accumulation periods or amortization periods may have
                      different lengths and begin on different dates. Thus,
                      certain Series may be in their revolving periods, while
                      others are in periods during which Principal Collections
                      are distributed to, or reserved for, such other Series.

                                      13
<PAGE>
 
Early Amortization 
Period............. The Certificates will be subject to early payment following
                      the occurrence of an Early Amortization Event through the
                      monthly application of the Certificateholders' allocable
                      share of Principal Collections. During the period
                      beginning on the day on which an Early Amortization Event
                      has occurred and ending on the earlier of the payment in
                      full of the outstanding principal balance of the
                      Certificates and the Termination Date (the "Early
                      Amortization Period"), the Revolving Period or the
                      Accumulation Period, as the case may be, will terminate
                      and Principal Collections and certain other amounts
                      allocable to the Certificateholders' Interest will no
                      longer be deposited in the Excess Funding Account or paid
                      to the Seller or the holders of any other outstanding
                      Series as described above but instead will be distributed
                      to the Certificateholders monthly on each Distribution
                      Date beginning with the Distribution Date following the
                      Collection Period in which an Early Amortization Period
                      commences. See "Description of the Certificates--Early
                      Amortization Events" for a description of events that
                      might result in the commencement of an Early Amortization
                      Period. During an Early Amortization Period, distributions
                      of principal on the Certificates will not be subject to
                      the Controlled Distribution Amount. See "Description of
                      the Certificates--Distributions from the Collection
                      Account; Reserve Fund--Principal Collections." In
                      addition, on the first Distribution Date during an Early
                      Amortization Period (a) any amounts on deposit in the
                      Interest Funding Account (as needed to pay accrued
                      interest on the Certificates) will be paid to the
                      Certificateholders and (b) any amounts on deposit in the
                      Excess Funding Account, the Principal Funding Account and
                      the Interest Funding Account (after the payment of accrued
                      interest on such date) will be paid to the
                      Certificateholders up to the excess of the outstanding
                      principal balance of the Certificates over unreimbursed
                      Investor Charge-Offs. See "Description of the Certificates
                      --Distributions."

                    Other Series may have early amortization events that are
                      different from the Early Amortization Events for Series
                      1996-1. Thus, certain Series may be in an early
                      amortization period while other Series are in revolving,
                      accumulation or amortization periods.

Subordination of the 
Seller's Interest.. If the Non-Principal Collections, Investment Proceeds,
                      certain amounts in the Reserve Fund and certain other
                      amounts allocable to the Certificateholders for any
                      Collection Period are not sufficient to cover the interest
                      payable on the Certificates on the next Distribution Date
                      (plus any overdue interest and interest thereon), the
                      Monthly Servicing Fee for such Distribution Date, any
                      Investor Default Amount for such Distribution Date and
                      certain other amounts, a portion of the Seller's Interest
                      will be applied to make up such deficiency. Generally, the
                      amount of the Seller's Interest subject to such
                      subordination is the Available Subordinated Amount. The
                      "Available Subordinated Amount" means, with respect to the
                      first Determination Date applicable to Series 1996-1, the
                      result obtained by multiplying (a) a fraction, the
                      numerator of which is the Invested Amount on the Closing
                      Date and the denominator of which is the Pool Balance on
                      the Closing Date by (b) the Trust Incremental Subordinated
                      Amount. The Available Subordinated Amount for subsequent
                      Distribution Dates will be determined pursuant

                                      14
<PAGE>
 
                      to the calculation described under "Description of the
                      Certificates--Allocation of Collections; Deposits in
                      Collection Account; Limited Subordination of Seller's
                      Interest." The Available Subordinated Amount will
                      fluctuate based on the increase or decrease, if any, in
                      the Excess Funding Account and the corresponding decrease
                      or increase in the Invested Amount and the additions and
                      subtractions specified in the calculation referred to
                      above. The Available Subordinated Amount, to the extent it
                      was reduced because of any application of the Seller's
                      Interest to cover a deficiency, will be reinstated by the
                      amount, if any, for each Distribution Date of Excess
                      Servicing allocated and available to be paid to the Seller
                      as described under "Description of the Certificates --
                      Distributions from the Collection Account; Reserve Fund--
                      Excess Servicing."

Servicing.......... The Servicer (initially, DFS) is responsible for servicing,
                      managing and making collections on the Receivables and
                      will, except as provided below, deposit such collections
                      in the Collection Account within two business days
                      following the date on which the Servicer records the
                      collection thereof on its computer file of accounts,
                      generally up to the amount of such collections required to
                      be distributed to Certificateholders with respect to the
                      related Collection Period. In certain circumstances, the
                      Servicer will be permitted to use for its own benefit and
                      not segregate collections on the Receivables received by
                      it during each Collection Period until no later than the
                      business day prior to the related Distribution Date. See
                      "Description of the Certificates--Allocation of
                      Collections; Deposits in Collection Account; Limited
                      Subordination of Seller's Interest."

                    On the second business day preceding each Distribution Date
                      (each a "Determination Date"), the Servicer will calculate
                      the amounts to be allocated as described herein in respect
                      of collections on Receivables received with respect to the
                      related Collection Period to the Certificateholders, to
                      the holders of other outstanding Series or to the Seller
                      as described herein. See "Description of the Certificates
                      --Allocation of Collections; Deposits in Collection
                      Account; Limited Subordination of Seller's Interest."

                    In certain limited circumstances DFS may resign or be
                      removed as Servicer, in which event either the Trustee,
                      or, so long as it meets certain eligibility standards set
                      forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, a third-
                      party servicer may be appointed as successor servicer. DFS
                      is permitted to delegate any of its duties as Servicer to
                      any of its affiliates, but any such delegation will not
                      relieve the Servicer of its obligations under the Pooling
                      and Servicing Agreement. The Servicer will receive a
                      monthly servicing fee and certain other amounts as
                      described herein as servicing compensation from the Trust.
                      See "Description of the Certificates--Servicing
                      Compensation and Payment of Expenses."

Mandatory Reassignment
 and Transfer of Certain
 Receivables....... The Seller has made certain representations and warranties
                      in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement with respect to the
                      Receivables in its capacity

                                      15
<PAGE>
 
                      as Seller and DFS has made certain representations and
                      warranties in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement in its
                      capacity as Servicer. If the Seller breaches certain of
                      its representations and warranties with respect to any
                      Receivables and such breach remains uncured for a
                      specified period and has a materially adverse effect on
                      the Certificateholders' Interest or the interests of the
                      holders of other outstanding Series therein, the Seller
                      may, subject to certain conditions, be required to
                      repurchase the Receivables to which such breach relates
                      or, in certain cases, all of the Receivables. If DFS, as
                      Servicer, fails to comply in all material respects with
                      certain covenants or warranties with respect to any
                      Receivables and such noncompliance is not cured within a
                      specified period after DFS becomes aware or receives
                      notice thereof from the Trustee and such noncompliance has
                      a materially adverse effect on the Certificateholders'
                      Interest or such other certificateholders' interests
                      therein, all Receivables affected will be purchased by
                      DFS. In the event of a transfer of servicing obligations
                      to a successor Servicer, such successor Servicer, rather
                      than DFS, would be responsible for any failure to comply
                      with the Servicer's covenants and warranties arising
                      thereafter.

Tax Matters........ In the opinion of special tax counsel for the Seller and the
                      Trust, the Certificates will be characterized as debt for
                      federal income tax purposes and, in the opinion of
                      Missouri counsel for the Seller and the Trust, the
                      Certificates will be characterized as debt for Missouri
                      income tax purposes. Each Certificateholder, by the
                      acceptance of a Certificate, will agree to treat the
                      Certificates as debt for federal, state and local income
                      tax purposes. The Offered Certificates may be issued with
                      original issue discount. See "Federal Income Tax
                      Considerations" and "State and Local Tax Consequences" for
                      additional information concerning the application of
                      federal and Missouri tax laws.

ERISA 
 Considerations.... Subject to considerations described below, the Class A
                      Certificates are eligible for purchase by employee benefit
                      plan investors. Under a regulation issued by the
                      Department of Labor, the Trust's assets would not be
                      deemed "plan assets" of an employee benefit plan holding
                      the Class A Certificates if certain conditions are met,
                      including that the Class A Certificates must be held, upon
                      completion of the public offering made hereby, by at least
                      100 investors who are independent of the Trust and of one
                      another. The Underwriters expect that the Class A
                      Certificates will be held by at least 100 independent
                      investors at the conclusion of the offering, although no
                      assurance can be given, and no monitoring or other
                      measures will be taken to ensure, that such condition will
                      be met with respect to the Class A Certificates. The
                      Seller anticipates that the other conditions of the
                      regulation will be met. If the Trust's assets were deemed
                      to be "plan assets" of an employee benefit plan investor
                      (e.g., if the 100 independent investor criterion is not
                      satisfied), violations of the "prohibited transaction"
                      rules of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
                      1974, as amended ("ERISA"), could result and generate
                      excise tax and other liabilities under ERISA and section
                      4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
                      "Code"), unless a statutory, regulatory or administrative
                      exemption is available. It is uncertain whether existing
                      exemptions from

                                      16
<PAGE>
 
                      the "prohibited transaction" rules of ERISA would apply to
                      all transactions involving the Trust's assets if such
                      assets were treated for ERISA purposes as "plan assets" of
                      employee benefit plan investors. Accordingly, fiduciaries
                      or other persons contemplating purchasing the Class A
                      Certificates on behalf of or with "plan assets" of any
                      employee benefit plan should consult their counsel before
                      making a purchase.

                    The Underwriters currently do not expect that the Class B
                      Certificates will be held by at least 100 such persons
                      and, therefore, do not expect that the Class B
                      Certificates will qualify as publicly-offered securities
                      under the regulation referred to in the preceding
                      paragraph. Accordingly, the Class B Certificates may not
                      be acquired by (a) any employee benefit plan that is
                      subject to ERISA, (b) any plan or other arrangement
                      (including an individual retirement account or Keogh plan)
                      that is subject to section 4975 of the Code or (c) any
                      entity whose underlying assets include "plan assets" under
                      the regulation by reason of any such plan's investment in
                      the entity. By its acceptance of a Class B Certificate or
                      an interest therein, each Class B Certificateholder and
                      owner of a beneficial interest in the Class B Certificates
                      will be deemed to have represented and warranted that it
                      is not subject to the foregoing limitation. See "ERISA
                      Considerations."

Amendments......... The Pooling and Servicing Agreement and any Supplement may
                      be amended by the Seller, the Servicer and the Trustee in
                      the circumstances described in the Pooling and Servicing
                      Agreement. In certain circumstances, no consent of any
                      Certificateholders will be required for such an amendment.
                      In addition, the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or the
                      Supplement with respect to Series 1996-1 may be amended by
                      the Servicer and the Trustee at the direction of the
                      Seller without the consent of any of the
                      Certificateholders (a) to add, modify or eliminate such
                      provisions as may be necessary or advisable in order to
                      enable the Seller or any of its affiliates (including
                      Deutsche Bank AG) to minimize or avoid capital charges
                      under any applicable law, rule, regulation or guideline
                      relating to regulatory or risk-based capital, (b) to
                      enable all or a portion of the Trust to qualify as a
                      partnership for federal income tax purposes, and to modify
                      or eliminate provisions of the Pooling and Servicing
                      Agreement or the Supplement with respect to Series 1996-1
                      relating to the intended availability of such treatment or
                      (c) to enable all or a portion of the Trust to qualify as
                      a "financial asset securitization investment trust" (and
                      to modify or eliminate provisions of the Pooling and
                      Servicing Agreement or the Supplement with respect to
                      Series 1996-1 in connection therewith), so long as in each
                      case the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied and,
                      in the case of (b) or (c), the Seller has received an
                      opinion of counsel to the effect that such amendment will
                      not affect the characterization of the certificates of any
                      outstanding Series or class as debt. See "Risk Factors--
                      Amendments Without the Consent of Certificateholders" and
                      "Description of the Certificates--Amendments."

Offered Certificate 
 Ratings........... It is a condition to the issuance of the Class A
                      Certificates that they be rated in the highest long-term
                      rating category by at least one nationally recognized
                      rating agency (a "Rating Agency"). It is a condition to
                      the issuance of the Class B Certificates that they be
                      rated in one of the three

                                      17
<PAGE>
 
                      highest rating categories by at least one Rating Agency.
                      The rating of the Offered Certificates addresses the
                      likelihood of the ultimate payment of principal and the
                      timely payment of interest, at the applicable Certificate
                      Rate, on the Offered Certificates. However, a Rating
                      Agency does not evaluate, and the rating of the Offered
                      Certificates will not address, the likelihood of payment
                      of the outstanding principal of the Offered Certificates
                      by any date, including the Expected Final Payment Date,
                      other than the Termination Date, or the likelihood of the
                      payment of any Carry-over Amount. A rating is based
                      primarily on the credit underlying the Receivables and the
                      level of subordination of the Seller's Interest and the
                      subordination of the Class B Certificates and the Class C
                      Certificates for the benefit of each class of Certificates
                      with an earlier alphabetical designation.

                    A security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or
                      hold securities and is subject to revision or withdrawal
                      in the future by the assigning Rating Agency. Each rating
                      should be evaluated independently of any other rating. See
                      "Risk Factors--Ratings of the Certificates."

Risk Factors....... Prospective investors should consider the factors set forth
                      under "Risk Factors" on pages 19 through 26.


                                      18
<PAGE>
 
                                 RISK FACTORS

     Possible Prepayment of Certificates Arising from Early Amortization Events.
Because an Early Amortization Event may occur which would initiate an Early
Amortization Period, the final distribution of principal on a class of
Certificates may be made prior to the scheduled termination of the Revolving
Period or prior to the Expected Final Payment Date. See "Description of the
Certificates--Early Amortization Events." Certificateholders will bear the risk
of being able to reinvest principal received on the Certificates at a yield at
least equal to their yield on the Certificates. If an investor acquires a
Certificate at a discount, the repayment of principal of the Certificate later
than on the Expected Final Payment Date will likely result in a lower than
anticipated yield. In addition, if an investor acquires Certificates at a
premium, repayment of principal at a rate that is faster than the rate
anticipated by such investor will result in a yield to that investor that is
lower than anticipated by that investor. See "Maturity and Principal Payment
Considerations."

     Limited Liquidity. There is currently no market for the Certificates. The
Underwriters currently intend to make a market in the Offered Certificates, but
the Underwriters are not under an obligation to do so. There can be no assurance
that a secondary market will develop or, if a secondary market does develop,
that it will provide the Certificateholders with liquidity of investment or that
it will continue for the life of the Offered Certificates.

     Limited Assets.  The Trust will not have any significant assets or sources
of funds other than the Receivables. The Certificates will be payable only from
the assets of the Trust. Holders of the Certificates must rely for repayment
upon payments on the Receivables and, if and to the extent available, amounts on
deposit in the Reserve Fund. However, amounts to be deposited in the Reserve
Fund are limited in amount. If the Reserve Fund is exhausted, the Trust will
depend solely on current collections on the Receivables to make payments on the
Certificates. If losses occur with respect to Receivables which are not covered
by payments on other Receivables or by the Reserve Fund, Certificateholders may
be unable to receive payment in full of principal and interest on their
respective Certificates.

     Limited Obligations.  The Certificates will not represent an interest in or
obligation of the Seller, DFS, Deutsche Bank AG or any of their affiliates. The
only obligations of the foregoing entities with respect to the Certificates or
the Receivables will be (i) the obligations (if any) of the Seller and Servicer,
if applicable, pursuant to certain limited representations and warranties made
with respect to the Receivables and (ii) the Servicer's servicing obligations
under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. Neither the Certificates nor the
underlying Receivables will be guaranteed or insured by any governmental agency
or instrumentality, or by the Seller, DFS, Deutsche Bank AG, or any of their
affiliates. PROCEEDS OF THE ASSETS INCLUDED IN THE TRUST (INCLUDING THE
RECEIVABLES) WILL BE THE SOLE SOURCE OF PAYMENTS ON THE CERTIFICATES, AND THERE
WILL BE NO RECOURSE TO THE SELLER, DFS, DEUTSCHE BANK AG, ANY OF THEIR
AFFILIATES OR ANY OTHER ENTITY IN THE EVENT THAT SUCH PROCEEDS ARE INSUFFICIENT
OR OTHERWISE UNAVAILABLE TO MAKE PAYMENTS PROVIDED FOR UNDER THE CERTIFICATES.

     Possible Prior Interests in Receivables. There are certain limited
circumstances under the Uniform Commercial Code (the "UCC") and applicable
federal law in which prior or subsequent transferees of Receivables could have
an interest in such Receivables with priority over the Trust's interest. Claims
of such transferees could reduce the amount of collections on the Receivables
available for distribution to Certificateholders. See "Certain Legal Aspects of
the Receivables--Transfer of Receivables." Under the Receivables Contribution
and Sale Agreement, DFS has warranted to the Seller and, under the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, the Seller has warranted to the Trust that the Receivables
have been or will be transferred free and clear of the lien of any third party
(exclusive of any Participation of a third party). Each of DFS and the Seller
has also covenanted that it will not sell, pledge, assign, transfer or grant any
lien on any Receivable or, except as described under "Description of the
Certificates--Supplemental Certificates," the Seller's Certificate (or any
interest therein) other than to the Trust or in the form of a Participation.
With respect to participations of third parties in the Receivables, see "The
Dealer Floorplan Financing Business of DFS--Participation Arrangements."

                                      19
<PAGE>
 
     Certain Risks Relating to the Insolvency of DFS, Deutsche BSC or the
Seller.  Each of DFS and Deutsche BSC has warranted to the Seller in the
Receivables Contribution and Sale Agreement that the initial contribution and
subsequent sales of the Receivables by it to the Seller are valid sales of the
Receivables to the Seller. In addition, DFS, Deutsche BSC and the Seller have
and will treat the transactions described herein as a sale of the Receivables to
the Seller and DFS and Deutsche BSC have and will take all actions that are
required under Missouri law and Georgia law, respectively, to perfect the
Seller's ownership interest in the Receivables. See "Certain Legal Aspects of
the Receivables--Transfer of Receivables." Notwithstanding the foregoing, if DFS
or Deutsche BSC were to become a debtor in a bankruptcy case and a creditor or
trustee-in-bankruptcy of such debtor or such debtor itself were to take the
position that the sale of Receivables to the Seller should be recharacterized as
a pledge of such Receivables to secure a borrowing of such debtor, then delays
in payments of collections of Receivables to the Seller could occur or (should
the court rule in favor of any such trustee, debtor or creditor) delays in such
payments or reductions in the amount of such payments could result. If the
transfer of Receivables to the Seller is recharacterized as a pledge, a tax or
government lien on the property of DFS or Deutsche BSC arising before any
Receivables originated by it come into existence may have priority over the
Seller's interest in such Receivables. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the
Receivables--Certain Matters Relating to Bankruptcy." If the transactions
contemplated herein are treated as a sale, the Receivables would not be part of
DFS's or Deutsche BSC's bankruptcy estate and would not be available to DFS's or
Deutsche BSC's creditors.

     In addition, in Octagon Gas Systems, Inc. v. Rimmer, 995 F.2d 948 (10th
Cir.), cert. denied, 114 S. Ct. 554 (1993), the United States Court of Appeals
for the Tenth Circuit said, in effect, that accounts sold by a debtor under
Article 9 of the UCC would remain property of the debtor's bankruptcy estate.
If, following a bankruptcy of DFS, Deutsche BSC or the Seller, a court were to
follow the reasoning of the Tenth Circuit, delays in distributions of
collections on or in respect of the Receivables could occur, and reductions
(which, in certain circumstances, could be substantial) in the amount of
payments to Certificateholders could result.

     In addition, if DFS or Deutsche BSC were to become a debtor in a bankruptcy
case and a creditor or trustee-in-bankruptcy of such debtor or such debtor
itself were to request a bankruptcy court to order that DFS or Deutsche BSC, as
applicable, be substantively consolidated with the Seller, delays in and
reductions in the amount of distributions on the Certificates could occur.

     The Seller has warranted in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement that the
transfer of the Receivables to the Trust is a valid sale of the Receivables to
the Trust. The Seller has and will take all actions that are required under
Missouri law to perfect the Trust's interest in the Receivables and the Seller
has warranted that the Trust will at all times have a first priority perfected
ownership interest therein and, with certain exceptions, in the proceeds
thereof. However, the transfer of the Receivables to the Trust could be deemed
to create a security interest therein. If the transfer of the Receivables to the
Trust were deemed to create a security interest therein under the UCC as in
effect in Missouri, a tax or statutory lien on property of DFS, Deutsche BSC or
the Seller arising before a Receivable is transferred to the Trust may have
priority over the Trust's interest in such Receivables. If the Seller were to
become a debtor in a bankruptcy case and a bankruptcy trustee or the Seller as
debtor in possession or a creditor of the Seller were to take the position that
the transfer of the Receivables from the Seller to the Trust should be
recharacterized as a pledge of such Receivables, then delays in distributions on
the Certificates or, should the bankruptcy court rule in favor of any such
trustee, debtor in possession or creditor, delays and reductions in such
distributions could result.

     If certain events relating to the bankruptcy of DFS or the Seller were to
occur, then an Early Amortization Event would occur and, pursuant to the terms
of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, additional Receivables would not be
transferred to the Trust and distributions of principal on the Certificates
would not be subject to the Controlled Distribution Amount. See "Certain Legal
Aspects of the Receivables--Transfer of Receivables" and "--Certain Matters
Relating to Bankruptcy of DFS, the Seller or Deutsche FRI."

                                      20
<PAGE>
 
     Payments made in respect of repurchases of Receivables by DFS or the Seller
pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement may be recoverable by DFS or the
Seller as debtor in possession or by a creditor or a trustee-in-bankruptcy of
DFS or the Seller as a preferential transfer from DFS or the Seller if such
payments are made within one year prior to the filing of a bankruptcy case in
respect of DFS or the Seller.

     Risk of Commingling.  The Servicer, no later than two business days after
the processing date, will deposit all collections received with respect to the
Receivables (excluding, with certain exceptions, certain portions thereof
allocable to the Seller) in each Collection Period into the Collection Account.
Notwithstanding the foregoing requirement for daily deposits, for so long as
certain conditions are satisfied, DFS need not deposit collections into the
Collection Account until the business day immediately preceding the related
Distribution Date, at which time DFS will make such deposits in an amount equal
to the net amount of such deposits and withdrawals which would have been made
had the conditions referred to in this sentence not applied.

     Until such payments on the Receivables collected by the Servicer are
deposited into the Collection Account, such funds may be used by the Servicer
for its own benefit and will not be segregated from the assets of the Servicer,
and the proceeds of any short-term investment of such funds will accrue to the
Servicer. The Servicer will pay no fee to the Trust or any Certificateholder for
any use by the Servicer of funds representing collections on the Receivables.
See "Description of the Certificates--Allocation of Collections; Deposits to
Collection Account; Limited Subordination of Seller's Interest." If the Servicer
became insolvent, the Certificateholders might incur a loss with respect to
collections not deposited in the Collection Account.

     Effect of Insolvency Laws on Enforceability of Receivables. Application of
federal and state bankruptcy and debtor relief laws could affect the interests
of the Certificateholders in the Receivables if such laws result in any
Receivables being written off as uncollectible or result in delays in payments
due on such Receivables. See "Description of the Certificates--Defaulted
Receivables and Recoveries."

     Lack of Security Interest in Certain Cases. The Seller has represented and
warranted in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement that each Receivable, other
than Unsecured Receivables, is at the time of creation generally secured by a
first priority perfected security interest in the related product, account
receivable or other asset; provided that such perfected security interest need
not be of a first priority in the case of Receivables arising in an Account for
which the payment terms are on a scheduled payment plan basis and whose maximum
credit limit does not exceed $250,000, if such Account was designated for the
Trust on or before March 23, 1994 (the "Series 1994-1 Closing Date"). Claims of
secured parties with first priority perfected security interests in such
accounts, accounts receivable or other assets could reduce the amount of
collections on the related Receivables available for distribution to
Certificateholders. Generally, under applicable state laws, a security interest
in goods or accounts receivable which secure wholesale financing obligations may
be perfected by the filing of UCC financing statements. DFS endeavors to take
all actions necessary under applicable state laws to perfect DFS's security
interest in the goods or accounts receivable. However, at the time a product is
sold, DFS's security interest in the product will terminate. Therefore, if a
Dealer is not required to remit, or fails to remit, to DFS amounts owed with
respect to products that have been sold, the related Receivables will no longer
be secured by such products, and delays or reductions in the amounts of
collections on such Receivables could result.

     Effect of Timing of Origination of, and Payments on, Receivables on
Payments on the Certificates.  Receivables arising from the purchase of
inventory financed by DFS are generally payable by Dealers either upon retail
sale of the related product or, in some cases, in accordance with a
predetermined schedule, whether or not the product has been sold. Such scheduled
payment dates range, in substantially all cases, from 10 up to 180 days, but
usually not more than 90 days, after the Dealer receives the product. The timing
of sales of products is uncertain and varies depending on the product type.
Moreover, the relative portions of the Trust's pool of Receivables made up of
Receivables secured by products, Receivables secured by accounts receivable,
Receivables secured by other assets and Unsecured Receivables may vary over time
and cannot be predicted. The mix of products securing Receivables may also be
expected to vary over time and cannot be predicted. As a result, it is

                                      21
<PAGE>
 
possible that the credit quality of the Receivables in the Trust, as a whole,
may decline as a result of the addition of additional Receivables. In addition,
there is no assurance that there will be additional Receivables created under
the Accounts or that any particular pattern of Dealer repayments will occur. The
payment of principal on the Certificates is dependent on Dealer repayments, and
Collections during the Accumulation Period may not be sufficient to fully
amortize the Certificates on the Expected Final Payment Date. In addition, a
significant decline in the amount of Receivables generated could cause an Early
Amortization Event. However, a decline in the amount of Receivables generated
would initially be absorbed by an increase in the Excess Funding Account. The
Receivables Contribution and Sale Agreement provides that DFS will be required
to designate additional Accounts, the Receivables of which will be sold to the
Seller, and the Pooling and Servicing Agreement will provide that the Seller
will be required to transfer such Receivables to the Trust in the event that the
amount of the Pool Balance is not maintained at a certain minimum level. If an
insolvency event relating to DFS or the Seller were to occur, then an Early
Amortization Event would occur, additional Receivables would not be transferred
to the Trust and distributions of principal on the Certificates would not be
subject to the Controlled Distribution Amount. See "The Dealer Floorplan
Financing Business of DFS" and "Maturity and Principal Payment Considerations"
and see also "Description of the Certificates--Early Amortization Events" for a
discussion of other events which might lead to the occurrence of an Early
Amortization Period.

     In addition, because a portion of the Receivables do not bear interest
until a period of time has elapsed from their origination, the Receivables will
be sold to the Trust at a discount, which is received as Receivables are
collected, in order to generate imputed interest collections. As a result,
reductions in the payment rate will result in a reduction in the amount of
imputed interest collections and the amounts available to pay interest on the
Certificates and the Servicing Fee and to cover defaults and delinquencies on
the Receivables. Under certain circumstances, typically those involving a Dealer
in default or about to become in default, DFS may change the due date or offer
the Dealer extended payment terms. See also "--Ability of the Servicer to Change
Payment Terms" below.

     Addition of Trust Assets; Additional Product Types. The Seller expects, and
in some cases will be obligated, to designate Additional Accounts, the
Receivables in which will be conveyed to the Trust. Such Additional Accounts may
include Accounts with Dealers originated by DFS under criteria different from
those which were applied to the Dealers on previously designated Additional
Accounts, because such Accounts were originated at a different date. Such
Accounts may also provide financing for products of types different from those
included in the Trust on the Closing Date. Consequently, there can be no
assurance that Additional Accounts designated in the future will relate to the
same types of products or will be of the same credit quality as previously
designated Accounts or that new product types that, if applicable, secure the
Receivables in new Accounts will provide security that is as favorable as that
provided by existing product types. The designation of Additional Accounts will
be subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions described herein under
"Description of the Certificates--Addition of Accounts."

     Basis Risk.  The Receivables generally bear interest at prime rates
announced by certain banks plus a margin. DFS may reduce the interest rates
applicable to any of the Receivables, so long as DFS does not reasonably expect
any such reduction to result in an Early Amortization Event. Certain Receivables
are originated at a discount and do not bear interest for a specified period
after their origination. It is possible that with respect to any Interest
Period, LIBOR plus the margin used to compute the applicable Certificate Rate
will exceed the Net Receivables Rate for the preceding Collection Period. In
such event, interest will accrue on such Certificates during such Interest
Period at a rate equal to the Net Receivables Rate. A reduction in interest
rates on any Receivables, or the inclusion of a greater proportion of non-
interest bearing Receivables in the Pool Balance, could have the effect of
reducing or possibly eliminating the positive spread, if any, between the Net
Receivables Rate and the applicable Certificate Rates based upon LIBOR, with a
corresponding risk of a reduction in yield to Certificateholders. While the
distribution of Carry-over Amounts would mitigate the effect of such reduction
in yield, the Carry-over Amounts are distributable only to the extent of the
funds available therefor as described under

                                      22
<PAGE>
 
"Description of the Certificates--Distributions from the Collection Account;
Reserve Fund" and there can be no assurance that Carry-over Amounts, if any,
will be distributed.  See "The Accounts--Yield Information."

     Trust's Relationship to DFS. DFS is not obligated to make any payments in
respect of the Certificates or the Receivables (other than the obligation of DFS
to purchase certain Receivables from the Trust due to the failure to comply with
certain covenants or representations and warranties, as described under
"Description of the Certificates--Servicer Covenants" and "Description of the
Receivables Contribution and Sale Agreement--Representations and Warranties").
However, the Trust is completely dependent upon DFS for the generation of new
Receivables. There can be no assurance that DFS will continue to generate
Receivables at the same rate as in prior years. See "--Social, Economic and
Other Factors; Competition" below.

     Moreover, if an insolvency event were to occur with respect to DFS, (i)
Receivables would no longer be transferred to the Seller or the Trust and an
Early Amortization Event would occur and (ii) any Delayed Funding Receivables
that had not yet been funded may not become funded and may be executory
contracts subject to disaffirmance by DFS's trustee-in-bankruptcy, in which case
the related Dealers would no longer be obligated to pay such Delayed Funding
Receivables, which the Trust has already paid for. In addition, if DFS were to
cease acting as Servicer, delays in processing payments on the Receivables and
information in respect thereof could occur and result in delays in payments to
the Certificateholders.

     Social, Economic and Other Factors; Competition. DFS's ability to generate
new Receivables, and the Dealer's ability to make payments on the Receivables
owned by the Trust, will depend upon the sales of the products relating to such
Receivables. The level of sales of such products will be affected by a variety
of social and economic factors, including national and regional unemployment
levels and levels of economic activity in general, interest rates and consumer
perceptions of economic conditions. In addition, DFS competes with various other
financing sources, including independent finance companies, manufacturer-
affiliated finance companies and banks, which are in the business of providing
floorplan financing arrangements to dealers. If, for any reason, DFS were unable
to or ceased to generate new Receivables, an Early Amortization Event would
occur. See "Maturity and Principal Payment Considerations" below.

     Credit Enhancement. Credit enhancement of the Certificates will be provided
by the subordination of the Seller's Interest to the extent of the Available
Subordinated Amount as described herein and amounts in the Reserve Fund and by
the subordination of the Class B Certificates and the Class C Certificates for
the benefit of each class of Certificates with an earlier alphabetical
designation. The amount of such credit enhancement is limited and will be
reduced from time to time as described herein. If the amount available under
such credit enhancement is reduced to zero, Certificateholders will bear
directly the credit and other risks associated with their undivided interest in
the Trust and will be more likely to suffer a loss on their investment in the
Certificates. See "Description of the Certificates--Allocation of Collections;
Deposits in Collection Account; Limited Subordination of Seller's Interest" and
"Risk Factors--Subordination of Class B Certificates." Credit enhancement
provided to any other Series will not be available to the Series 1996-1
Certificates.

     Subordination of Class B Certificates. The Class B Certificates will be
subordinated to fund payments of principal and interest on the Class A
Certificates. Payments of principal in respect of the Class B Certificates will
not commence until after the Class A Invested Amount has been paid in full.
Class B Monthly Interest will not be paid on a Distribution Date until Class A
Monthly Interest for such Distribution Date has been paid in full. Moreover, the
Class B Invested Amount is subject to reduction on any Distribution Date if the
Available Subordinated Amount is reduced to zero, the Class C Invested Amount is
reduced to zero and the Deficiency Amount is greater than zero. If the Class B
Invested Amount suffers such a reduction, there will be a reduction in the
amount of collections allocable to the Class B Certificateholders, resulting in
a possible delay or reduction in principal and interest payments on the Class B
Certificates. Moreover, in the event of a sale of the Receivables in the Trust
due to the occurrence of an insolvency event with respect to the Seller or due
to the Invested Amount being greater than zero on the Termination Date, the
portion of the net proceeds of such sale will be paid first to

                                       23
<PAGE>
 
Class A Certificateholders until the Class A Invested Amount is reduced to zero
and then to Class B Certificateholders until the Class B Invested Amount is
reduced to zero.  See "Description of the Certificates--Allocation Percentages,"
"--Distributions from the Collection Account; Reserve Fund," "--Distributions"
and "--Investor Charge-Offs."

     Negative Carry. If funds are deposited in the Excess Funding Account at any
time, such funds are expected to be invested in Eligible Investments and, as a
result, would be expected to earn a rate of return lower than the yield on a
comparable amount of Receivables. Accordingly, any deposit of funds in the
Excess Funding Account may be expected to reduce the amount of Non-Principal
Collections available to the Trust, until DFS is able to generate sufficient
Receivables to permit such funds to be released from the Excess Funding Account.

     Requirement of Consent of the Holders of Certificates of Other Series.
Under certain circumstances, the consent or approval of the holders of a
specified percentage of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all outstanding
investor certificates of all outstanding Series will be required to direct
certain actions, including amending the Pooling and Servicing Agreement in
certain circumstances and directing a reassignment of the entire portfolio of
Receivables. In addition, following the occurrence of an insolvency event with
respect to the Seller, the holders of certificates evidencing more than 50% of
the aggregate unpaid principal amount of each Series or each class of each
Series (and any holder of a Supplemental Certificate) will be required to direct
the Trustee not to sell or otherwise liquidate the Receivables.

     Amendments Without the Consent of Certificateholders. The Pooling and
Servicing Agreement or any Supplement may be amended by the Seller, the Servicer
and the Trustee, without certificateholder consent, so long as any such action
shall not, as evidenced by an opinion of counsel, adversely affect in any
material respect the interests of the certificateholders. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Pooling and Servicing Agreement may be amended by the Servicer,
the Seller and the Trustee without the consent of any of the Certificateholders
to change in any manner the treatment of Delayed Funding Receivables under the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, but only upon satisfaction of the Rating Agency
Condition. In addition, the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or the Supplement
with respect to Series 1996-1 may be amended by the Servicer and the Trustee at
the direction of the Seller without the consent of any of the Certificateholders
(1) to add, modify or eliminate such provisions as may be necessary or advisable
in order to enable the Seller or any of its affiliates (including Deutsche Bank
AG) to minimize or avoid capital charges under any applicable law, rule,
regulation or guideline relating to regulatory or risk-based capital, (2) to
enable all or a portion of the Trust to qualify as a partnership for federal
income tax purposes under applicable regulations on the classification of
entities as partnerships or corporations under the Code adopted as final
regulations after the date hereof, and to the extent that such regulations
eliminate or modify the need therefor, to modify or eliminate existing
provisions of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or the Supplement with respect
to Series 1996-1 relating to the intended availability of partnership treatment
of the Trust for federal income tax purposes or (3) to enable all or a portion
of the Trust to qualify as, and to permit an election to be made to cause the
Trust to be treated as, a "financial asset securitization investment trust," as
described in the provisions of the "Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996,"
H.R. 3448 (and, in connection with any such election, to modify or eliminate
existing provisions of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or the Supplement
with respect to Series 1996-1 relating to the intended Federal income tax
treatment of the Certificates and the Trust in the absence of such election,
which may include elimination of the sale of Receivables upon the occurrence of
an insolvency event with respect to the Seller pursuant to the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement and certain provisions of the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement relating to the liability of the Seller) so long as in each case the
Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied and, in the case of (2) or (3), the
Seller has received an opinion of counsel to the effect that such amendment will
not adversely affect the characterization of the certificates of any outstanding
Series or class as debt. See "Description of the Certificates--Amendments."

     Additional Series. The Trust, as a master trust, is expected to issue
additional Series (which may be represented by different classes within a
Series) from time to time. A Supplement delivered in connection with the
issuance of other Series will specify certain Principal Terms applicable to such
Series. Such Principal Terms may

                                       24
<PAGE>
 
include methods for determining applicable allocation percentages and allocating
collections, provisions creating different or additional security or other
credit enhancement, different classes of certificates (including subordinated
classes of certificates) and any other amendment or supplement to the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement which is made applicable only to such Series.  The
provisions of such a Supplement may give the holders of the related certificates
or the provider of any Enhancement for the related Series consent, approval or
other rights that may cause the Seller, the Servicer or the Trustee to take or
refrain from taking certain actions under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement,
which may affect the interests of the Certificateholders.  No such Supplement,
however, may change the terms of the Certificates or the terms of the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement as applied to the Certificates.  See "Description of the
Certificates--New Issuances."  As long as the Offered Certificates are
outstanding, satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition will be a condition to
the execution of any such Supplement.  There can be no assurance, however, that
the terms of any other Series might not have an impact on the timing or amount
of payments received by a Certificateholder.  The issuance of an additional
Series does not require the consent of or notice to any Certificateholders.

     Ability of Servicer to Change Payment Terms. DFS will have the right to
change payment terms and various other terms with respect to the Receivables,
subject to the conditions described below. In servicing the Receivables, DFS, as
Servicer, will be required to service and administer the Receivables and collect
payments due under the Receivables in accordance with its customary and usual
servicing procedures for servicing receivables owned by it and comparable to the
Receivables. In addition, DFS will covenant that it will only change the terms
relating to the Receivables generally if, in its reasonable judgment, no Early
Amortization Event will occur as a result of the change and the interests of the
certificateholders of all outstanding Series will not be materially adversely
affected. Except as specified above, there are no restrictions on the ability of
the Servicer to change the terms of the Receivables. While the Servicer has no
current intention of taking actions which would change the payment or other
terms of the Receivables, other than in accordance with its customary and usual
procedures, there can be no assurances that changes in the marketplace or
prudent business practice might not result in a determination to do so. Any such
changes could impact the repayment of principal on the Certificates. See
"Maturity and Principal Payment Considerations."

     Ability to Change Discount Factor. As described under "Description of the
Certificates--Discount Factor," in order to create imputed interest in respect
of those Receivables that have a non-interest-bearing period and for uniformity
in accounting for collections, a portion of the Collections on each Receivable
that are not part of the finance charges, if any, paid on that Receivable will
be treated as Non-Principal Collections. The portion of the balance of a
Receivable that will be treated as a Non-Principal Collection will be equal to
the product of the balance of such Receivable times the Discount Factor. As of
the Series 1996-1 Cut-off Date, the Discount Factor was 0.40%. The Discount
Factor may be adjusted upwards or downwards, without the consent of
Certificateholders, as described under "Description of the Certificates--
Discount Factor," but may in no event exceed 1%. Any increase in the Discount
Factor will result in a higher amount of Non-Principal Collections on the
Receivables and a lower amount of Principal Collections than would otherwise
occur. Conversely, any decrease in the Discount Factor would result in a lower
amount of Non-Principal Collections and a higher amount of Principal Collections
than would otherwise occur.

     Ratings of the Certificates. It is a condition to the issuance of the Class
A Certificates that they be rated in the highest long-term rating category by at
least one nationally recognized rating agency (such rating agency and each other
rating agency designated by the Seller in the related Supplement in respect of
any outstanding Series or class, a "Rating Agency"). It is a condition to the
issuance of the Class B Certificates that they be rated in one of the three
highest rating categories by at least one Rating Agency. A rating is based
primarily on the credit underlying the Receivables and the level of
subordination of the Seller's Interest. The rating of the Offered Certificates
addresses the likelihood of the ultimate payment of principal and the timely
payment of interest, at the applicable Certificate Rate, on the Offered
Certificates. However, a Rating Agency does not evaluate, and the rating of the
Offered Certificates does not address, the likelihood that any Carry-over Amount
will be paid or the likelihood that the outstanding principal amount of the
Offered Certificates will be paid by any date, including the

                                       25
<PAGE>
 
Expected Final Payment Date, other than the Termination Date.  There is no
assurance that a rating will remain for any given period of time or that a
rating will not be lowered or withdrawn entirely by a Rating Agency if in its
judgment circumstances so warrant.  A security rating is not a recommendation to
buy, sell, or hold securities and is subject to revision or withdrawal in the
future by the assigning rating agency.  Each rating should be evaluated
independently of any other rating.

     Book-Entry Registration. The Offered Certificates will be initially
represented by one or more certificates registered in the name of Cede, the
nominee for DTC, and will not be registered in the names of the Class A or Class
B Certificateholders or their nominees. Because of this, unless and until
Definitive Certificates are issued, Class A and Class B Certificateholders will
not be recognized by the Trustee as "Certificateholders" (as that term is used
in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement). Consequently, until such time
beneficial owners of the Offered Certificates ("Certificate Owners") will only
be able to exercise the rights of Certificateholders indirectly through DTC,
CEDEL, Euroclear and their participating organizations. See "Description of the
Certificates--Book-Entry Registration" and "--Definitive Certificates."


                      DEUTSCHE FLOORPLAN RECEIVABLES, L.P.
                    AND DEUTSCHE FLOORPLAN RECEIVABLES, INC.

DEUTSCHE FLOORPLAN RECEIVABLES, L.P.

     The Seller is a limited partnership formed under the laws of the State of
Delaware, of which Deutsche Floorplan Receivables, Inc. ("Deutsche FRI") is the
general partner and DFS is the limited partner. DFS's limited partnership
interest in the Seller constitutes ninety-nine percent (99%) of the total
partnership interests in the Seller, with the remaining one percent (1%) owned
by the general partner. The Seller was formerly known as ITT Floorplan
Receivables, L.P.; its general partner was formerly known as ITT Floorplan
Receivables, Inc.; and its limited partner was formerly known as ITT Commercial
Finance Corp. The Seller was organized for limited purposes, which include
purchasing receivables from DFS and its affiliates and transferring such
receivables to third parties and any activities incidental to and necessary or
convenient for the accomplishment of such purposes. The principal executive
offices of the Seller are located at 655 Maryville Centre Drive, St. Louis,
Missouri 63141-5832. The telephone number of such offices is (314) 523-3000.

     The Seller has taken steps in structuring the transactions contemplated
hereby that are intended to ensure that the voluntary or involuntary application
for relief by DFS under the United States Bankruptcy Code or similar applicable
state laws ("Insolvency Laws") will not result in consolidation of the assets
and liabilities of the Seller with those of DFS. These steps include the
creation of Deutsche FRI as a separate, limited-purpose subsidiary pursuant to a
certificate of incorporation containing certain limitations (including
restrictions on the nature of Deutsche FRI's business and a restriction on
the Seller's ability to commence a voluntary case or proceeding under any
Insolvency Law without the unanimous affirmative vote of all of its directors).
Deutsche FRI's Certificate of Incorporation includes a provision that requires
Deutsche FRI to have not less than two directors who qualify under the Articles
of Incorporation as an "Independent Director." No assurance can be given,
however, that such a consolidation will not occur. See "Risk Factors--Certain
Legal Aspects."

     If Additional Accounts are added to the Trust, DFS may make additional
contributions of capital to the Seller to fund a portion of the purchase price
of the Receivables arising in Additional Accounts.

                                       26
<PAGE>
 
DEUTSCHE FLOORPLAN RECEIVABLES, INC.

     Deutsche Floorplan Receivables, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of DFS, was
incorporated in the State of Nevada on October 22, 1993. Deutsche FRI was
formerly known as ITT Floorplan Receivables, Inc. Deutsche FRI was organized for
limited purposes, which include acting as the general partner in a limited
partnership engaged in purchasing receivables from DFS and its affiliates,
transferring such receivables to third parties, acting as general partner in
limited partnerships that acquire receivables and any activities incidental to
and necessary or convenient for the accomplishment of such purposes. The
principal executive offices of Deutsche FRI are located at Bank of America
Plaza, 300 South Fourth Street, Suite 1100, Las Vegas, Nevada 89101. The
telephone number of such offices is (702) 385-1668.

                                   THE TRUST

     The Trust was formed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York
pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.  The Seller has conveyed and
will convey to the Trust, without recourse, the Receivables arising under the
Accounts.  The property of the Trust will consist of the Receivables existing in
the Accounts on the Initial Cut-Off Date, all Receivables generated in the
Accounts from time to time thereafter during the term of the Trust as well as
Receivables generated in any Accounts added to the Trust from time to time (less
Receivables paid or charged off and excluding (i) Receivables in any Accounts
that are removed from the Trust from time to time after the Initial Cut-Off Date
and (ii) any undivided interest in the Receivables in certain Accounts that has
been transferred to a third party as described under "The Dealer Floorplan
Financing Business of DFS--Participation Agreements"), an assignment of all the
Seller's rights and remedies under the Receivables Contribution and Sale
Agreement, all funds collected or to be collected in respect of the Receivables,
all funds on deposit in certain accounts of the Trust including funds on deposit
in the Excess Funding Account, the Principal Funding Account, the Interest
Funding Account, the Reserve Fund and any other Enhancement issued with respect
to any other Series, a security interest in the other Collateral Security and
rights of the Seller with respect to the financed inventory under the Floorplan
Agreements.  See "Description of the Certificates--Addition of Accounts."  See
"Description of the Receivables Contribution and Sale Agreement" for a summary
of certain terms of the Receivables Contribution and Sale Agreement.

     The property of the Trust may include Enhancements for the benefit of
certificateholders of other Series. The Certificateholders will not have any
interest in any Enhancements provided for the benefit of the certificateholders
of other Series. Pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement the Seller will
be allowed (subject to certain limitations and conditions), and in some
circumstances will be obligated, to designate from time to time Additional
Accounts to be included as Accounts and to convey to the Trust the Receivables
of such Additional Accounts, and to designate from time to time certain Accounts
to be removed and to require the Trustee to convey receivables in such Removed
Accounts to the Seller. The Seller may, but is not obligated to, cause the Trust
to convey to it an interest in certain Receivables, which the Seller may
transfer or participate to others.

     The Trust has been formed for this and like transactions pursuant to the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement and prior to formation had no assets or
obligations. The Trust will not engage in any business activity other than
acquiring and holding the Receivables and the other assets of the Trust and
proceeds therefrom, issuing the Certificates and the Seller's Certificate (and
any Supplemental Certificates), issuing additional Series and making payments
thereon and related activities. As a consequence, the Trust is not expected to
have any need for, or source of, capital resources other than the assets of the
Trust.


                                USE OF PROCEEDS

     The net proceeds from the sale of the Certificates will be paid to the
Seller as consideration for the transfer of the Receivables to the Trust. The
Seller will use such proceeds for general operating purposes (including the

                                       27
<PAGE>
 
distribution thereof to its limited partner, DFS). DFS may use the proceeds it
receives to repay inter-company debt and for other general corporate purposes.


                THE DEALER FLOORPLAN FINANCING BUSINESS OF DFS

GENERAL

     The Receivables sold or to be sold to the Seller have been or will
generally be selected from extensions of credit made by DFS to (i) dealers,
manufacturers and distributors ("Dealers") of certain consumer and commercial
products in order to enable such Dealers to acquire inventory (the "Floorplan
Business") and (ii) Dealers to finance their accounts receivable arising from
the sales of their products (the "Accounts Receivable Business"). The products
financed within the Floorplan Business may include, among others: computers and
computer products, manufactured housing, recreation vehicles, boats and motors,
consumer electronics and appliances, keyboards and other musical instruments,
industrial and agricultural equipment, office automation products, snowmobiles,
and motorcycles. The types of products financed may change over time. The
receivables arising from the Floorplan Business are herein called the "Floorplan
Receivables" and receivables arising from the Accounts Receivable Business are
called the "A/R Receivables." Occasionally, specific transactions under the
Accounts Receivable Business are documented as sales of receivables by the
originator thereof to DFS. Asset Based Receivables and Unsecured Receivables,
which have been sold to the Trust and may be sold, are described below.

     The Floorplan Receivables are generally secured by the products being
financed and, in limited cases, by other personal property, personal guarantees,
mortgages on real estate, assignments of certificates of deposit, or letters of
credit. The amount of the advances are generally equal to 100% of the invoice
price of the product. The A/R Receivables are secured by the accounts receivable
owed to the Dealer against which such extension of credit was made and, in
limited cases, by other personal property of such borrowers, mortgages on real
estate, assignments of certificates of deposit or letters of credit. The
accounts receivable which are pledged to DFS as collateral may or may not be
secured by collateral. The amount advanced generally does not exceed 80%-85% of
the amount of the eligible accounts receivable. Both Floorplan Receivables and
A/R Receivables are generally full recourse obligations of the related Dealer.

     DFS originates and services its receivables from its principal office in
St. Louis, Missouri and in branch offices located in 16 cities throughout the
United States. Receivables originated in the State of Louisiana arise from
extensions of credit to Dealers by Deutsche BSC, which Receivables are serviced
by DFS. In the future, Receivables in the Trust may include Receivables
originated by other affiliates of DFS, subject to satisfaction of the Rating
Agency Condition. References in this Prospectus to originations by DFS will be
deemed to include originations by Deutsche BSC and any such other affiliate.


CREDIT UNDERWRITING PROCESS

     A Dealer requesting the establishment of a credit line with DFS is required
to submit an application and financial information, including audited or
unaudited financial statements and, in some cases, tax returns. DFS attempts to
talk to, or receive reference letters from, several of the applicant's current
creditors and may also obtain a credit agency report on the applicant's credit
history. In addition to such current financial information and historical credit
information, DFS will consider the following factors: the reason for the request
for the extension of credit; the need for the credit line; the products to be
financed and the financial status of the manufacturer of such products, if any,
that would enter into a related Floorplan Agreement; and the experience of the
Dealer's management. The determination of whether to extend credit and of the
amount to be extended is based upon a weighing of the above factors. The Dealer
credit underwriting process of DFS also involves the use of its Expert Credit
System ("ECS"), which employs artificial intelligence technology to simulate the
analytical approach of senior

                                      28
<PAGE>
 
underwriting personnel. By utilizing a standardized review process to analyze
credit information, ECS adds greater consistency to underwriting decisions
across geographic areas and product lines. While all Dealer applications are
processed through ECS, DFS does not use ECS as a credit scoring system that
results in a numerical score that approves or disapproves the extension of
credit or that indicates what amount of credit may be extended.

     Extensions of credit lines in excess of $10,000,000 if secured and
$5,000,000 if unsecured may be approved by management of Deutsche Financial
Services Holding Corporation or Deutsche Bank AG. Extensions of credit up to
$10,000,000 if secured and $5,000,000 if unsecured may be approved by the
president of DFS; and extensions of credit up to $5,000,000 may be approved by
DFS's director of portfolio control. A DFS Division President may approve
extensions of credit in amounts which vary by program but do not exceed
$1,500,000. Less senior officers have lower levels of approval authority. DFS
reviews individual Dealer credit limits (i) prior to any increase in such credit
limit, (ii) generally every 12 to 18 months and (iii) upon becoming aware that
the Dealer is experiencing financial difficulties or is in default on its
obligations under its agreement with DFS.


CREATION OF RECEIVABLES

     The Floorplan Business is typically documented by an agreement between DFS
and the Dealer which provides for both the extension of credit and a grant of
security interest. Such agreements are generally for an unspecified period of
time and create discretionary lines of credit, which DFS may terminate at any
time in its sole discretion, subject, however, to prevailing standards of
commercial reasonableness and good faith, which may require commercially
reasonable notice and other accommodations by DFS. Absent default by the Dealer,
the outstanding Floorplan Receivables owed by such Dealer cannot be accelerated,
even if the line of credit is terminated. After the effective date of
termination, DFS is under no obligation to continue to provide additional
financing, but the then current outstanding balance will be repayable in
accordance with the Pay-as-Sold or Scheduled Payment Plan terms of such Dealer's
program with DFS, as described below.

     With respect to the Floorplan Receivables, advances made for the purchase
of inventory are most commonly arranged in the following manner: The Dealer will
contact the manufacturer, distributor or other vendor (each, a "Manufacturer")
and place a purchase order for a shipment of inventory. If the Manufacturer has
been advised that DFS is the Dealer's inventory financing source, the
Manufacturer will contact DFS to obtain an approval number with respect to such
purchase order. Upon such request, DFS will determine whether (i) the
Manufacturer is in compliance with its Floorplan Agreement, (ii) the Dealer is
in compliance with its program with DFS and (iii) such purchase order is within
the Dealer's credit limit. If so, DFS will issue an approval number to the
Manufacturer. The Manufacturer will then ship the inventory and directly submit
its invoice for such purchase order to DFS for payment. Interest or finance
charges normally begin to accrue on the Dealer's accounts as of the invoice
date. The proceeds of the loan being made by DFS to the Dealer are paid directly
to the Manufacturer in satisfaction of the invoice price and will normally be
funded at that time. In some cases, however, DFS will negotiate a delay in
funding the advance for a period which in most cases ranges from a few days to
up to 30 days, and in some cases ranges up to 90 days, after the date of the
invoice. Any such receivable that is funded on a delayed basis (a "Delayed
Funding Receivable") will be sold to and paid for by the Trust on the date of
the invoice, even though such receivable is not funded by DFS until a later time
(i.e., when DFS pays the advance to the Manufacturer in payment of the invoice
price). DFS and the Manufacturer may also agree that DFS may discount the
invoice price of the inventory ordered by the Dealer. Under this arrangement,
the Manufacturer will deem itself paid in full upon receipt of such discounted
amount. Typically, in exchange for the float permitted by the payment delay
and/or the discount, DFS will agree to provide the Manufacturer's Dealers with
reduced interest, or perhaps no interest, for some period of time. Thus, the
Dealer's financing program may provide for so-called "interest free" or "free
flooring" periods during which no interest or finance charges will accrue on
their accounts.

     The creation of Asset Based Receivables and Unsecured Receivables is
discussed under "--Asset Based Receivables" and "--Unsecured Receivables" below.

                                      29
<PAGE>
 
PAYMENT TERMS

     DFS's Floorplan Business provides two basic payment terms to Dealers: Pay-
as-Sold financing programs or Scheduled Payment Plan. Under a "Pay-as-Sold"
program, the Dealer is obligated to pay interest or finance charges monthly, but
principal repayment with respect to any particular item of inventory financed by
DFS is due and payable only upon the sale of such item by the Dealer or at a
predetermined maturity date. On occasion, DFS may require particular Dealers to
begin repaying principal in installments if the unit has not been sold within a
specified period of time. These payments are referred to as "curtailments." Even
if a unit is subject to curtailment payments, the outstanding balance with
respect to such unit will remain fully payable if such unit is sold. Pay-as-Sold
programs are principally offered in the motorcycle, recreation vehicle, boat and
motor, agricultural equipment, and other product lines in which the individual
inventory price is high and the product inventory turn is relatively slow.

     "Scheduled Payment Plans", in contrast, require that principal be repaid in
accordance with a particular schedule. Depending upon the product line and the
particular inventory turns of the individual Dealer, the majority of these
payment terms are generally no longer than ninety (90) days. Under a Scheduled
Payment Plan, the Dealer is only obligated to make payments in accordance with
an agreed upon schedule, regardless of when the item of inventory is actually
sold.

     With respect to A/R Receivables, the Dealer is obligated to pay interest or
finance charges monthly. Principal repayment is due in the amount of the
collections on the underlying accounts receivable at the time of such
collections. With respect to Asset Based Receivables, interest is payable
monthly, while principal is payable upon the end of the term of the credit
facility, or, if earlier, when and to the extent principal outstandings exceed
eligible collateral at negotiated advance rates. With respect to Unsecured
Receivables, interest is payable monthly, while principal may be payable either
on Pay-as-Sold or Scheduled Payment Plan terms.


FLOORPLAN AGREEMENTS WITH MANUFACTURERS

     DFS will provide financing for products for a particular Dealer, in most
instances, only if DFS has also entered into a floorplanning agreement (the
"Floorplan Agreement") with the Manufacturer of such product. Pursuant to the
Floorplan Agreement, the Manufacturer will agree, among other matters, to
purchase from DFS those products sold by such Manufacturer to a Dealer and
financed by DFS if DFS acquires possession of such products pursuant to
repossession, voluntary surrender, or other circumstances. This arrangement
reduces the time, expense and risk normally associated with a secured lender's
disposition of collateral. The terms of such repurchase obligations may vary,
both by industry and by Manufacturer. In some instances, the Manufacturer will
be obligated to repurchase the product for a price equal to the unpaid principal
balance owed by the Dealer for the product in question whenever DFS acquires
possession thereof. On occasion, different terms may be negotiated. Such terms
may provide for a smaller purchase price, or a purchase price which declines
over time, or time periods beyond which no obligation to purchase by the
Manufacturer shall apply. Certain Floorplan Agreements may also eliminate the
repurchase obligation or reduce the purchase price payable by the Manufacturer,
depending upon the condition of the inventory acquired by DFS.

     In determining whether to include a Manufacturer's products in its
Floorplan Business, DFS considers the Manufacturer's financial status, its
number of years in the business, the number of years the product has been sold
and whether its products are sold nationally or in a limited area. In general,
the more favorable DFS's determination of such factors, the larger the amount of
Dealer outstanding payables to DFS that will be permitted. DFS generally reviews
Manufacturers annually in the case of Manufacturers whose Dealers have
outstanding payables to DFS in excess of $10,000,000 and less frequently in the
case of other Manufacturers.

                                      30
<PAGE>
 
BILLING PROCEDURES

     At the beginning of each month DFS sends to each Account obligor a billing
statement for the interest, if any, and any other non-principal charges accrued
or arising in the prior month. Payment is generally due in respect of such
statement by the 15th of such month.


DEALER MONITORING

     Inventory inspections are performed to physically verify the collateral
used to secure a Dealer's loan, check the condition of the inventory, account
for any missing inventory and collect funds due to DFS. The inventory
inspection, or "floorcheck" is one of the key tools for monitoring inventory
financed by DFS on Pay-as-Sold terms. Floorchecks are usually performed every 
30-45 days, or every 60-75 days for industrial or agricultural equipment. These
floorchecks are performed by field service representatives ("FSRs") who are
specially trained to audit Dealer inventory. DFS has developed the "Field Audit
System," a computerized field audit communications network providing FSRs with
timely and accurate inventory reports on the day of inspection. Any
discrepancies in a Dealer's inventory or payment schedule, or other problems
discovered by an FSR, are promptly reported to regional office management.

     Floorchecks generally are not performed on Dealers on Scheduled Payment
Plans. However, DFS monitors these Dealers for payment delinquencies. The
regional office makes telephone contact with delinquent Dealers within 5 days
after a Scheduled Payment Plan payment of $100,000 or more is due and unpaid in
order to resolve any problems. If a Dealer is 10 days past due with a Scheduled
Payment Plan payment in an amount greater than $100,000 or 15 days past due with
a payment of $10,000-$100,000, FSRs will visit the Dealer to verify the related
collateral and report their findings to the regional office.

     In addition to monitoring an A/R Receivables Dealer's weekly activity, one
of the key control elements of the A/R Receivables program is the field audit,
during which an accounts receivable auditor reviews certain books and records of
an A/R Receivables Dealer. The audits are performed generally on a quarterly
basis. Any deficiencies revealed during the audit are discussed with the Dealer
and reported to regional office management.


REALIZATION ON RECEIVABLES

     Upon any default by a Dealer of its obligations to DFS under the related
financing agreement and expiration of any and all applicable notice and cure
periods that may have been agreed to between DFS and such Dealer, DFS may
declare such Dealer's obligations immediately due and payable and enforce all of
its legal rights and remedies, including commencement of proceedings to realize
upon any collateral, subject to prevailing standards of commercial
reasonableness and good faith. Upon learning of such a default, DFS makes
contact with the Dealer to determine whether it can develop a workout
arrangement with the Dealer to cure all defaults. If disputes with the Dealer
exist, such disputes may be submitted to arbitration. If DFS determines that
such an arrangement to cure a default cannot be successfully implemented, the
Dealer's payment obligations are accelerated. DFS then attempts to obtain
possession of the collateral, except in the case of Unsecured Receivables or A/R
Receivables, and in the case of A/R Receivables, DFS attempts to collect
directly from the obligors on the accounts receivable (with respect to certain
Accounts relating to A/R Receivables, DFS will already control the collection of
accounts receivable through the use of lockboxes). If a Manufacturer is
obligated to repurchase the collateral under a Floorplan Agreement as described
above under "--Floorplan Agreements with Manufacturers," the collateral is
delivered to the related Manufacturer. DFS repossesses, stores and then attempts
to sell all other salable collateral in a commercially reasonable manner. See
"The Accounts--Loss Experience."

                                      31
<PAGE>
 
ASSET BASED RECEIVABLES

     Other receivables ("Asset Based Receivables") that may be sold to the
Seller arise from asset based revolving credit facilities provided to certain
Dealers. These facilities typically involve a revolving line of credit, often
for a contractually committed period of time, pursuant to which the borrower may
draw the lesser of the maximum amount of such line of credit or a specifically
negotiated loan availability amount. The loan availability amount is determined
by multiplying agreed upon advance rates against the value of certain types of
assets. In these facilities, DFS will most typically lend against finished
inventory and parts in the Dealer's possession which are free and clear of other
liens and otherwise in compliance with specified standards. DFS will also lend
in accordance with an advance rate against a borrower's eligible accounts
receivable. DFS's asset based revolving credit facilities are usually secured by
the assets which constitute the borrowing base against which the loan
availability amount is calculated and, occasionally, by other personal property,
mortgages or other assets of the borrower. Asset Based Receivables are not
always supported by any Floorplan Agreement with a Manufacturer.


UNSECURED RECEIVABLES

     Certain receivables ("Unsecured Receivables") constitute unsecured advances
to Dealers that are made in the same manner as in the case of Floorplan
Receivables. As of July 31, 1996, 2% of the total balance of Receivables in
the Trust Portfolio were Unsecured Receivables.


PRIVATE LABEL PROGRAMS

     Under DFS's so-called "Private Label" programs, DFS will agree to provide
inventory financing and accounts receivable financing for Dealers of a
Manufacturer under the name of the Manufacturer. Presently DFS operates under
the following names: Carrier Distribution Credit Corporation, to provide
financing for Dealers of products manufactured or sold by Carrier Corporation
(heating, ventilation and air conditioning); Resellers Credit Corporation, to
provide financing to Dealers of products manufactured or sold by Ingram Micro,
Inc. (computer products); IE Financial Services, to provide financing to Dealers
of products manufactured or sold by Intelligent Electronics, Inc. (computer
products); MicroAge Commercial Credit, to provide financing to Dealers of
products manufactured or sold by MicroAge Computer Centers, Inc. (computer
products); Snapper Finance Company, to provide financing to Dealers of products
manufactured or sold by Snapper, Inc. (lawn mowers and other garden products);
and Tracker Marine L.P., which provides financing to Dealers of products
manufactured by Tracker Marine L.P. (boats and motors). The Manufacturer may or
may not have an equity participation in certain of the receivables funded by
such Private Label programs. Other private label programs may be developed from
time to time.


PARTICIPATION ARRANGEMENTS

     From time to time DFS will enable other financing sources to participate in
certain of its credit facilities ("Participations"). Pursuant to a typical
Participation, the documentation for the underlying line of credit will remain
in the name of DFS, as lender. In a separate contractual arrangement with DFS,
the participant will agree to provide a portion of the funding for such facility
in exchange for an agreed upon interest rate. Occasionally fees and other
charges may also be shared with the participant. In certain cases, DFS will
advise a borrower that the size of its credit facility is expressly conditioned
upon the availability of participants in the facility. In those situations, if
no participants can be found, or if such participants cease to participate, the
size of the credit facility may be reduced. In other circumstances, there will
be no such condition and DFS may be obligated to maintain a credit facility
notwithstanding its expectation that a portion of it would be participated. The
Receivables to be sold by DFS to the Seller, and in turn by the Seller to the
Trust, may include the non-participated portion of receivables

                                       32
<PAGE>
 
from accounts which have been participated. In addition, subject to
substantially the same limitations that apply to the removal of Accounts, the
Seller may cause the Trust to transfer an interest in certain Receivables to the
Seller, which may thereafter transfer such interest to another person in the
form of a Participation. In addition, DFS may, from time to time, enter into
syndicated credit facilities, pursuant to which multiple lenders, including DFS,
will jointly establish a credit facility administered by a lender agent. Under
these facilities, DFS and its co-lenders will agree, pursuant to the terms of
the loan agreement with the borrower, to provide a portion of the overall credit
facility up to their respective maximum commitment amounts. In return, DFS and
its co-lenders generally share in the interest and principal payments and other
fees and charges on a pro-rata basis.


                                  THE ACCOUNTS

GENERAL

     The Receivables arise in the Accounts. The Accounts have been selected from
all the accounts that were Eligible Accounts (the "Eligible Portfolio") at the
Initial Cut-Off Date. In order to be included in the Eligible Portfolio, each
Account must be an account established by DFS in the ordinary course of business
and meet certain other criteria provided in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
See "Description of the Certificates--Representations and Warranties."

     Pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Seller and, pursuant
to the Receivables Contribution and Sale Agreement, DFS have the right (subject
to certain limitations and conditions), and in some circumstances are obligated,
to designate from time to time additional qualifying Accounts to be included as
Accounts and to convey to the Trust the Receivables of such Additional Accounts,
including Receivables thereafter created. These accounts must meet the
eligibility criteria set forth above as of the date such accounts are designated
as Additional Accounts. DFS will convey the Receivables then existing, with
certain exceptions, or thereafter created under such Additional Accounts to the
Seller, which will in turn convey them to the Trust. See "Description of the
Certificates--Addition of Accounts."

     As of July 31, 1996, there was $3,713.3 million of Receivables in the total
U.S. portfolio of DFS of which $2,035.8 million of Receivables were included in
the Trust as of such date. Prior to the Closing Date, DFS will transfer to the
Seller and, in turn, the Seller will transfer to the Trust additional Accounts
which contained $1,342.2 million of Receivables as of July 31, 1996. In
addition, Accounts which contained $198.9 million of Receivables as of July 31,
1996 will be removed from the Trust. The tables set forth below under the
heading "--Description of the Trust Portfolio" contain information as of July
31, 1996 with respect to the Receivables in the Trust after giving effect to
Receivables in the Accounts which will be added to or removed from the Trust on
or before the Closing Date (collectively, the "Trust Portfolio").

     The sum in any column in the tables set forth below may not equal the 
indicated total due to rounding.

DESCRIPTION OF THE TRUST PORTFOLIO

     The following tables set forth the composition of the Trust Portfolio, as
of July 31, 1996, by business line and payment plan. Due to the variability and
uncertainty with respect to the rates at which Receivables are created, paid or
otherwise reduced, the characteristics set forth below may vary significantly as
of any other date of determination.

                                       33
<PAGE>
 
                  COMPOSITION OF RECEIVABLES BY BUSINESS LINE
                                TRUST PORTFOLIO
                                 JULY 31, 1996
                             (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        PERCENTAGE OF    NUMBER   PERCENTAGE OF
                           RECEIVABLES   RECEIVABLES       OF       NUMBER OF
     BUSINESS LINE           BALANCE       BALANCES     ACCOUNTS     ACCOUNTS
     -------------         -----------  --------------  --------  --------------
<S>                        <C>          <C>             <C>       <C>
Floorplan Receivables.....   $2,691.4        84.7%      10,702         97.5%
Accounts Receivable.......      207.9         6.5          183          1.7
Asset Based Lending.......      217.8         6.9           81          0.7
Unsecured.................       62.0         2.0           11          0.1  
  Total...................   $3,179.1       100.0%      10,977        100.0%
                             ========       =====       ======        =====
 
</TABLE>
                  COMPOSITION OF FLOORPLAN RECEIVABLES IN THE
                        TRUST PORTFOLIO BY PAYMENT PLAN
                                 JULY 31, 1996
                             (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        PERCENTAGE OF    NUMBER   PERCENTAGE OF
                           RECEIVABLES   RECEIVABLES       OF       NUMBER OF
      PAYMENT PLAN           BALANCE       BALANCES     ACCOUNTS     ACCOUNTS
      ------------         -----------  -------------   --------  ------------- 
<S>                        <C>          <C>             <C>       <C>
Pay-as-Sold...............   $1,963.7        73.0%        9,312        87.0%  
Scheduled Payment Plan....      727.7        27.0         1,390        13.0
  Total...................   $2,691.4       100.0%       10,702       100.0%
                             ========       ======       ======       ======
</TABLE>


     The following tables set forth the composition of the Receivables in the
Trust Portfolio by account balance, product type and geographic distribution of
such Receivables. Due to the variability and uncertainty with respect to the
rates at which Receivables are created, paid or otherwise reduced, the
characteristics set forth below may vary significantly as of any other date of
determination.

                                       34
<PAGE>
 
     COMPOSITION OF RECEIVABLES IN THE TRUST PORTFOLIO BY ACCOUNT BALANCE
                              AS OF JULY 31, 1996

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           RECEIVABLES                                               
                                              BALANCE      PERCENTAGE OF     NUMBER     PERCENTAGE OF 
                                             (DOLLARS       RECEIVABLES        OF         NUMBER OF   
         ACCOUNT BALANCE RANGE             IN MILLIONS)       BALANCES      ACCOUNTS      ACCOUNTS    
         ---------------------             ------------    -------------    --------    ------------- 
<S>                                        <C>             <C>              <C>         <C>
$1 to $999,999.99........................     $1,562.6         49.2%        10,483         95.5% 
                                              
$1,000,000 to $2,499,999.99..............        495.2         15.6            333          3.0
 
$2,500,000 to $4,999,999.99..............        329.8         10.4             94          0.9

$5,000,000 to $9,999,999.99..............        264.4          8.3             41          0.4

Over $10,000,000.00......................        527.1         16.6             26          0.2
                                              --------        ------        ------        ------
   Total.................................     $3,179.1        100.0%        10,977        100.0%
                                              ========        ======        ======        ======
</TABLE>


       COMPOSITION OF RECEIVABLES IN THE TRUST PORTFOLIO BY PRODUCT TYPE
                              AS OF JULY 31, 1996
                             (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          PERCENTAGE OF      NUMBER     PERCENTAGE OF
                                           RECEIVABLES     RECEIVABLES         OF         NUMBER OF
              PRODUCT TYPE                   BALANCE         BALANCES       ACCOUNTS       ACCOUNTS
              ------------                 -----------    --------------    --------    -------------
<S>                                        <C>            <C>               <C>         <C>
Computers and Computer Products..........   $  589.3          18.5%          1,091           9.9%
                                    
Manufactured Housing.....................      544.3          17.1           1,181          10.8
Accounts Receivable(1)...................      425.7          13.4             264           2.4
Recreation Vehicles......................      384.6          12.1             619           5.6
Boats and Motors.........................      311.0           9.8           1,388          12.6
Industrial and Agricultural Equipment....      310.6           9.8             716           6.5
Motorcycles..............................      219.1           6.9           1,032           9.4
Snowmobiles..............................      104.5           3.3             986           9.0
Keyboards and other Musical Instruments..       77.6           2.4             372           3.4     
Consumer Electronics and Appliances......       77.5           2.4             215           2.0
Other(2).................................      134.9           4.2           3,113          28.4
                                            --------         ------        -------         ------
  Total..................................   $3,179.1         100.0%        $10,977         100.0%
                                            ========         ======        =======         ======
- ------------------
</TABLE>

(1) Accounts Receivable includes Asset Based Receivables of $217.8 million.
(2) Includes, among other products, heating, ventilating, and air conditioning
    equipment, and irrigation systems.

                                       35
<PAGE>
 
         GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF RECEIVABLES IN THE TRUST PORTFOLIO
                              AS OF JULY 31, 1996
                             (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        PERCENTAGE OF    NUMBER   PERCENTAGE OF
                           RECEIVABLES   RECEIVABLES       OF       NUMBER OF
      STATE                  BALANCE       BALANCES     ACCOUNTS     ACCOUNTS
      -----                -----------  --------------  --------  --------------
<S>                        <C>          <C>             <C>       <C>
California...............   $  408.5         12.8%        1,111        10.1%
Texas....................      240.0          7.5         1,071         9.8
Florida..................      233.2          7.3           900         8.2
Georgia..................      150.0          4.7           435         4.0
Oregon...................      128.4          4.0           275         2.5
New York.................      121.6          3.8           584         5.3
Washington...............      120.0          3.8           317         2.9
North Carolina...........      115.3          3.6           454         4.1
Michigan.................      106.9          3.4           600         5.5
Minnesota................      104.3          3.3           388         3.5
Virginia.................      100.7          3.2           310         2.8
New Jersey...............       99.2          3.1           373         3.4
Other States(1)..........    1,251.0         39.4         4,159        37.9
                            --------        -----        ------       ====== 
  Total..................   $3,179.1        100.0%       10,977       100.0%
                            ========        ======       ======       ======  
</TABLE>

- ------------------
(1)  The percentage of the Receivables Balance represented by Receivables in
     each state not specifically listed is less than 3% of the Receivables
     Balance.

YIELD INFORMATION

     The Receivables bear interest in their accrual periods at rates generally
equal to a prime rate selected in the related financing agreement plus a margin.
Certain Receivables do not bear interest for a specified period after their
origination. For 1995, the receivables in DFS's U.S. portfolio had a yield of
11.48% per annum, of which (i) approximately 7.80% was attributable to yield
from the payment of interest accruing on those receivables and (ii)
approximately 3.68% was attributable to the payment of the discounted portion of
the receivables balances and other income. For the first 6 months of 1996, the
receivables in DFS's U.S. portfolio had a yield of 10.91% per annum, of which
(i) approximately 7.68% was attributable to yield from the payment of interest
accruing on those receivables and (ii) approximately 3.23% was attributable to
the payment of the discounted portion of the receivables balances and other
income. With respect to the Receivables in the Trust, the Trust will receive the
yield attributable to the payment of interest accruing on the Receivables (i.e.,
the type of yield referred to in clause (i) in the preceding sentence), but not
the yield attributable to the payment of the discounted portion of the
receivable balance attributable to DFS's funding the receivable at a discount at
the origination of the receivable (i.e., the type of yield referred to in clause
(ii) of the preceding sentence). However, in order to create imputed interest,
the Trust has been and will be purchasing all of the Receivables from the Seller
at the Discount Factor (0.40% as of the Series 1996-1 Cut-off Date) and will
receive the interest payments on the Receivables in accordance with their terms.
If the receivables in DFS's U.S. portfolio during 1995 were originated at a
discount equal to a Discount Factor of 0.40% and had a Monthly Payment Rate of
50% and the collection of such discount amounts were treated as interest, during
1995 the yield

                                      36


<PAGE>
 
on such receivables would have been 10.20%. The Trust's yield on its Receivables
will be affected by the interest rates borne by Receivables, the Discount Factor
and the rate at which the Receivable balances are paid.

MAJOR CUSTOMERS; MAJOR MANUFACTURERS

  At June 30, 1996 no one Dealer accounted for more than 5% of the aggregate
balance of the Receivables in the Trust.  At June 30, 1996 no one Manufacturer
was obligated under Floorplan Agreements relating to Receivables in the Trust
aggregating more than 10% of the aggregate balance of such Receivables.  No
prediction can be made as to what percentage of the Receivables in the future
may be obligations of a single Dealer or be related to a single Manufacturer
under its Floorplan Agreements.  See "Description of the Certificates--
Ineligible Receivables and the Overconcentration Amounts."


DELINQUENCY EXPERIENCE

  The following table sets forth the delinquency experience as of the dates
indicated for the entire U.S. portfolio.  Because the Eligible Accounts from
which the Receivables in the Trust will be generated constitute only a portion
of DFS's entire U.S. portfolio, the actual delinquency experience with respect
to the Eligible Accounts may be different.  There can be no assurance that the
delinquency experience for the Receivables in the future will be similar to the
experience shown below.

                DELINQUENCY EXPERIENCE FOR TOTAL U.S. PORTFOLIO
                              RECEIVABLES BALANCES
                             (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                      Seven months
                                          ended
                                         July 31,                     Year ended December 31,
                                      ------------   --------------------------------------------------------
                                          1996         1995       1994         1993        1992        1991   
                                      -----------    --------    ------      --------    --------    --------   
<S>                                   <C>            <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>       
Aggregate Principal Balance.........     $3,713.3    $4,124.0    $3,560.3    $2,924.6    $2,757.4    $2,186.1   
                                         ========    ========    ========    ========    ========    ========   
SAU/NSF 31 days or more(1)..........          2.2         2.4         1.2         1.9    $    5.4    $    7.7   

Scheduled Payment Plan past due 31                                                                              
 days or more(2)....................          3.1        13.7         2.7         0.8         1.3         3.6   
                                         --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    --------   
      Total.........................     $    5.3    $   16.1    $    3.9    $    2.7    $    6.7    $   11.3   
                                         ========    ========    ========    ========    ========    ========   
SAU/NSF 31 days or more/Aggregate                                                                               
      Principal Balance.............         0.06%       0.06%       0.03%       0.06%       0.20%       0.35%  
Scheduled Payment Plan past due 31                                                                              
 days or more/Aggregate Principal                                                                               
 Balance............................         0.08%       0.33%       0.08%       0.03%       0.05%       0.16%  
                                         --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    --------   
Total/Aggregate Principal Balance...         0.14%       0.39%       0.11%       0.09%       0.24%       0.52%  
                                         ========    ========    ========    ========    ========    ========    
- ----------------------
</TABLE>
(1)  A "SAU/NSF" Account is one that is deemed delinquent when (i) in the case
     of a Pay-as-Sold receivable, there is an unpaid receivable balance as to
     which the related product has been sold and such receivable balance not
     paid by the related Dealer or (ii) a check from the related Dealer has been
     returned because of insufficient funds.

(2)  Includes an immaterial amount of Canadian receivables, which are not part
     of the U.S. portfolio.

                                       37
<PAGE>
 
LOSS EXPERIENCE

  The following table sets forth DFS's average principal receivables balance and
loss experience for each of the periods shown with respect to its U.S.
portfolio. Because the Eligible Accounts will be only a portion of the entire
U.S. portfolio, actual loss experience with respect to the Eligible Accounts may
be different. There can be no assurance that the loss experience for the
Receivables in the future will be similar to the historical experience set forth
below with respect to the U.S. portfolio. The historical experience set forth
below includes the effect of the financial obligations of Manufacturers in
respect of repossessed products as described above under "The Dealer Floorplan
Financing Business of DFS--Floorplan Agreements with Manufacturers." If
Manufacturers are not able to perform such obligations in the future, the loss
experience in respect of the U.S. portfolio and the Receivables may be adversely
affected. See "Risk Factors--Trust's Relationship to DFS."

                     Loss Experience for the U.S. Portfolio
                     --------------------------------------
                             (Dollars in Millions)
                             ---------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 Seven Months                                                           
                                    Ended                       Year Ended December 31,                                
                                   July 31,      ----------------------------------------------------   
                                     1996          1995       1994       1993       1992       1991     
                                 ------------    --------   --------   --------   --------   --------    
<S>                              <C>             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>         
Average Principal Receivables      $3,943.6      $4,014.1   $3,135.4   $2,712.1   $2,321.6   $1,826.5     
 Balance(1)....................                                                                          
Gross Losses...................         6.8          13.5       12.5       14.6       29.1       24.5    
Net Losses (Recoveries)(2).....         4.2           7.9        7.1       10.2       24.3       17.3    
Net Losses/Liquidations........        0.03%         0.03%      0.03%      0.06%      0.20%      0.20%   
Net Losses/Average Principal                                                                             
 Receivables Balance...........        0.11%         0.20%      0.23%      0.38%      1.05%      0.95%   

- ------------------
</TABLE>
(1)  Average Principal Receivables Balance is the average weekly principal
     balances for the twelve months ending on the last day of the period.

(2)  Net Losses in any period are gross losses less recoveries for such period.
     Recoveries include recoveries from collateral security in addition to
     recoveries from the products.


AGING EXPERIENCE

  The following table provides the age distribution of inventory for all dealers
in the U.S. portfolio, as a percentage of total principal outstanding at the
date indicated.  Because the Eligible Accounts will only be a portion of the
entire U.S. portfolio, actual age distribution with respect to the Eligible
Accounts may be different.

                                       38

<PAGE>
 
                  AGE DISTRIBUTION FOR THE U.S. PORTFOLIO(1)
                             (Dollars in Millions)
                             ---------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         Receivables Balance
                           
                           Seven months    Seven months
                              ended           ended                   Year ended December 31,
                             July 31,        July 31,      --------------------------------------------
                               1996            1995          1995        1994        1993        1992        
                           ------------    ------------    --------    --------    --------    -------- 
<S>                        <C>             <C>             <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>     
Days                                                                                                   
1-30.....................    $  978.4        $1,022.8      $1,052.3    $1,158.2    $  932.2    $  801.5 
31-60....................       571.1           580.9         767.3       615.2       440.9       488.2 
61-90....................       280.0           221.7         364.6       293.0       213.0       277.5 
91-120...................       214.6           185.7         275.6       249.0       170.8       205.7 
121-180..................       326.5           288.1         291.6       243.4       171.1       166.5 
181-270..................       289.3           261.5         222.6       169.5       125.8       129.6 
Over 270.................       424.3           310.5         391.3       239.3       192.8       250.6
                             --------        --------      --------    --------    --------    --------
Total....................    $3,084.2        $2,871.2      $3,365.3    $2,967.6    $2,246.6    $2,319.6
                             ========        ========      ========    ========    ========    ======== 
</TABLE>                                                            

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            Percentage of Receivables Balance
                           
                           Seven months    Seven months
                              ended           ended             Year ended December 31,
                             July 31,        July 31,      --------------------------------
                               1996            1995         1995     1994     1993     1992        
                           ------------    ------------    -----    -----    -----    -----      
<S>                        <C>             <C>             <C>      <C>      <C>      <C> 
Days                                                                                        
1-30.....................      31.7%           35.6%        31.3%    39.0%    41.5%    34.6%       
31-60....................      18.5            20.2         22.8     20.7     19.6     21.0       
61-90....................       9.1             7.7         10.8      9.9      9.5     12.0       
91-120...................       7.0             6.5          8.2      8.4      7.6      8.9       
121-180..................      10.6            10.0          8.7      8.2      7.6      7.2       
181-270..................       9.4             9.1          6.6      5.7      5.6      5.6       
Over 270.................      13.8            10.8         11.6      8.1      8.6     10.8
                              -----           -----        -----    -----    -----    -----
Total....................     100.0%          100.0%       100.0%   100.0%   100.0%   100.0% 
                              =====           =====        =====    =====    =====    =====
</TABLE>                                                            
 
- -------------
(1) Excludes asset based receivables and receivables secured by accounts
    receivable. Age distribution is not available prior to March 31, 1992.

                                       39

<PAGE>
 
                    DEUTSCHE FINANCIAL SERVICES CORPORATION

     DFS was incorporated in Nevada in 1975.  It is an indirect, wholly-owned
subsidiary of Deutsche Bank AG. DFS was formerly known as ITT Commercial Finance
Corp. Deutsche Bank North America Holding Corporation completed the acquisition
of the stock of ITT Commercial Finance Corp., and certain of its affiliates, on
May 2, 1996. DFS is a financial services company which primarily provides
inventory financing, accounts receivable financing and asset based financing to
dealers, distributors and manufacturers of consumer and commercial durable
goods. Industries served by DFS include, but are not limited to: computers and
computer products, manufactured housing, recreation vehicles, boats and motors,
consumer electronics and appliances, keyboards and other musical instruments,
industrial and agricultural equipment, office automation products, snowmobiles,
and motorcycles. As of June 30, 1996, none of the Dealers were affiliates of DFS
and none of the products being financed by the Receivables were made or
distributed by affiliates of DFS.

     As of June 30, 1996, DFS was providing inventory or accounts receivable
financing to over 13,000 dealers in the United States and its approved U.S.
manufacturer/distributor list exceeded 1,800.

     DFS has offices in major metropolitan areas of the United States. Its
principal executive offices are located at 655 Maryville Centre Drive, St.
Louis, Missouri 63141-5832. The telephone number of such office is (314) 523-
3000.

                                DEUTSCHE BANK AG

     Deutsche Bank AG is the largest banking institution in the Federal Republic
of Germany, with total assets at December 31, 1995 in excess of $500 billion.
The Deutsche Bank group has operations in over 50 countries and employs over
70,000 people. With a presence in all of the world's major financial centers,
the Deutsche Bank group offers a full range of financial services including
private banking, commercial and institutional banking, and investment banking
through Deutsche Morgan Grenfell/C.J. Lawrence Inc. ("Deutsche Morgan
Grenfell").

     DFS and Deutsche Morgan Grenfell are each indirect, wholly-owned
subsidiaries of Deutsche Bank AG. DFS is the limited partner of the Seller and
the parent of Deutsche FRI, the general partner of the Seller.

                 MATURITY AND PRINCIPAL PAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS

     Principal with respect to the Certificates will not be payable until the
Distribution Date in __________ [199_][200_] (the "Expected Final Payment
Date"), unless an Early Amortization Event has occurred.  Full amortization of
the Certificates by the Expected Final Payment Date depends on, among other
things, repayment by Dealers of the Receivables and may not occur if Dealer
payments are insufficient therefor.  Because the Receivables are, in large part,
paid upon retail sale of the related product, the timing of such payments is
uncertain.  In addition, there is no assurance that DFS will generate additional
Receivables under the Accounts or that any particular pattern of payments will
occur.  See "Description of the Certificates--Interest" and "--Principal" and
"The Dealer Floorplan Financing Business of DFS."

     The amount of new Receivables generated in any month and monthly payment
rates on the Receivables may vary because of seasonal variations in product
sales and inventory levels, retail incentive programs provided by product
manufacturers and various economic factors affecting product sales generally.
The following table sets forth the highest and lowest monthly payment rates for
DFS's U.S. portfolio during any month in the periods shown and the average of
the monthly payment rates for all months during the periods shown, in each case
calculated as the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is
the aggregate of all collections of principal plus non-cash reductions in the
principal balances of the Receivables in the U.S. portfolio during the period
and the

                                       40
<PAGE>

  
denominator of which is the average aggregate principal balances of such
Receivables for such period. There can be no assurance that the rate of
Principal Collections will be similar to the historical experience set forth
below. Because the Eligible Accounts will be only a portion of the entire U.S.
portfolio, actual monthly payment rates with respect to the Eligible Accounts
may be different. DFS believes that the increase in payment rates since 1991 is
due in part to Dealers maintaining lower levels of inventory as well as to an
increasing percentage in the U.S. portfolio of Receivables which liquidate more
frequently.


                  MONTHLY PAYMENT RATES FOR THE U.S. PORTFOLIO
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           Six Months
                         Ended June 30,      Year Ended December 31,
                         --------------  -------------------------------
                          1996    1995   1995  1994  1993   1992   1991
                         ------  ------  ----  ----  -----  -----  -----
<S>                      <C>     <C>     <C>   <C>   <C>    <C>    <C>
Highest Month..........   56%     57%     62%   61%    53%    46%    44%
Lowest Month...........   50%     49%     49%   43%    35%    37%    33%
Average of the
Months in the Period...   53%     53%     55%   53%    48%    42%    40%
 
 
</TABLE>

  Because an Early Amortization Event may occur which would initiate an Early
Amortization Period, the final distribution of principal on a class of
Certificates may be made prior to the scheduled termination of the Revolving
Period or prior to the Expected Final Payment Date.  See "Description of the
Certificates--Early Amortization Events."  Certificateholders will bear the risk
of being able to reinvest principal received on the Certificates at a yield at
least equal to their yield on the Certificates.  If an investor acquires a
Certificate at a discount, the repayment of principal of the Certificate later
than on the Expected Final Payment Date will likely result in a lower than
anticipated yield.  In addition, if an investor acquires Certificates at a
premium, repayment of principal at a rate that is faster than the rate
anticipated by such investor will result in a yield to that investor that is
lower than anticipated by that investor.

                        DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES

GENERAL

  The Certificates will be issued pursuant to a Pooling and Servicing Agreement,
as supplemented by the Supplement relating to the Certificates (as so
supplemented and as further supplemented or amended from time to time, the
"Pooling and Servicing Agreement"), among the Seller, as Seller of the
Receivables, DFS, as Servicer of the Receivables, and the Trustee, substantially
in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this
Prospectus is a part.  The Trustee will make available for inspection a copy of
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement (without exhibits or schedules) to
Certificateholders of record on written request.  See "--The Trustee" below.
The following summary describes the material terms of the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, but it does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its
entirety by reference to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

  The Certificates will evidence undivided beneficial interests in the assets of
the Trust allocated to the Certificateholders' Interest representing the right
to receive from such Trust assets funds up to (but not in excess of) the amounts
required to make payments of interest on and principal of the Certificates
pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

  The Offered Certificates will initially be represented by one or more
certificates registered in the name of the nominee of DTC (together with any
successor depository selected by the Seller, the "Depository"), except as set
forth below.  The Offered Certificates will be available for purchase in minimum
denominations of $1,000 and

                                       41
<PAGE>
 
integral multiples thereof in book-entry form.  The Seller has been informed by
DTC that DTC's nominee will be Cede & Co. ("Cede").  Accordingly, Cede is
expected to be the holder of record of the Offered Certificates.  No Certificate
Owner will be entitled to receive a certificate representing such person's
beneficial interest in the Offered Certificates.  Unless and until Definitive
Certificates are issued under the limited circumstances described herein, all
references herein to actions by Class A or Class B Certificateholders shall
refer to actions taken by DTC upon instructions from its Participants (as
defined below), and all references herein to distributions, notices, reports and
statements to Class A and Class B Certificateholders shall refer to
distributions, notices, reports and statements to Cede, as the registered holder
of the Offered Certificates.  See "--Book-Entry Registration" and "--Definitive
Certificates" below.

INTEREST

     Interest on the respective outstanding principal balance of each class of
Offered Certificates will accrue at the applicable Certificate Rate for such
class and will be payable to the Certificateholders on each Distribution Date,
commencing ___________, 1996.  Certificateholder Non-Principal Collections will
be deposited into the Interest Funding Account and used to make interest
payments to the Certificateholders on each Distribution Date.  Interest due on a
Distribution Date will accrue from and including the preceding Distribution Date
(or, in the case of the first Distribution Date, from and including the Closing
Date) to but excluding such Distribution Date (each such period, an "Interest
Period").  Interest due for any Distribution Date will be calculated on the
basis of the actual number of days in the related Interest Period divided by 360
and interest due but not paid on any Distribution Date will be due on the next
Distribution Date together with, to the extent lawfully payable, interest on
such amount at the applicable Certificate Rate.  Interest payments on the
Offered Certificates will be derived from Certificateholder Non-Principal
Collections for the related Collection Period, withdrawals, if any, from the
Reserve Fund, Investment Proceeds, if any, and, under certain circumstances,
collections allocable to the Seller.

     Interest on the outstanding principal balance of the Class A Certificates
will accrue for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the lesser of
(i) LIBOR (calculated as described below) plus ___% per annum and (ii) the Net
Receivables Rate (as described below) (the "Class A Certificate Rate"). Interest
on the outstanding principal balance of the Class B Certificates will accrue for
each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the lesser of (i) LIBOR plus
___% per annum and (ii) the Net Receivables Rate (the "Class B Certificate
Rate"). Interest on the outstanding principal balance of the Class C
Certificates will accrue for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to
the lesser of (i) LIBOR plus ___% per annum and (ii) the Net Receivables Rate
(the "Class C Certificate Rate" and, together with the Class A Certificate Rate
and the Class B Certificate Rate, the "Certificate Rates"). The "Net Receivables
Rate" for a Distribution Date is (i) the weighted average of the interest rates
borne by the Receivables during the second preceding Collection Period (interest
payments on the Receivables at such rates will be due and payable in the
Collection Period preceding such Distribution Date), plus (ii) the product of
(x) the Monthly Payment Rate for the Collection Period preceding such
Distribution Date, (y) the Discount Factor for such Distribution Date and (z)
twelve, less (iii) 2% per annum, unless the Servicing Fee has been waived for
such Collection Period. The "Monthly Payment Rate" for a Collection Period is
the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Principal
Collections (without deducting therefrom the discount portion) collected during
such Collection Period and the denominator of which is the average daily
aggregate Receivables balance (without deducting therefrom the discount portion)
for such Collection Period.

     If the applicable Certificate Rate for a class of Certificates for any
Distribution Date is based on the Net Receivables Rate, the "Carry-Over Amount"
for such class, which equals the excess of (a) Class A Monthly Interest, Class B
Monthly Interest or Class C Monthly Interest, as applicable, for such
Distribution Date determined as if the applicable Certificate Rate were based on
the LIBOR formula set forth below over (b) the actual Class A Monthly Interest,
Class B Monthly Interest or Class C Monthly Interest, as applicable, for such
Distribution Date, will be paid to the holders of the applicable class of
Certificates on subsequent Distribution Dates to the extent

                                       42
<PAGE>
 
available from Non-Principal Collections after distribution of the Monthly
Interest for such Distribution Date.  The ratings of the Offered Certificates do
not address the likelihood of the payment of any Carry-Over Amount.

     The Class B Certificates will be subordinated to fund payments of interest
(and principal) on the Class A Certificates.  See "Description of the
Certificates--Distributions."

     "Adjustment Date" shall mean the second London Business Day preceding the
  first day of each Interest
Period.

     "LIBOR" shall mean, with respect to any Interest Period, the offered rates
for deposits in United States dollars having a maturity of one month (the "Index
Maturity") commencing on the related Adjustment Date which appears on Telerate
Page 3750 as of approximately 11:00 A.M., London time, on such date of
calculation. If at least two such offered rates appear on Telerate Page 3750,
LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest
one-sixteenth of a percent) of such offered rates. If fewer than two such
quotations appear, LIBOR with respect to such Interest Period will be determined
at approximately 11:00 A.M., London time, on such Adjustment Date on the basis
of the rate at which deposits in United States dollars having the Index Maturity
are offered to prime banks in the London interbank market by four major banks in
the London interbank market selected by the Trustee and in a principal amount
equal to an amount of not less than US $1,000,000 and that is representative for
a single transaction in such market at such time. The Trustee will request the
principal London office of each of such banks to provide a quotation of its
rate. If at least two such quotations are provided, LIBOR will be the arithmetic
mean (rounded upwards as aforesaid) of such quotations. If fewer than two
quotations are provided, LIBOR with respect to such Interest Period will be the
arithmetic mean (rounded upwards as aforesaid) of the rates quoted at
approximately 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on such Adjustment Date by three
major banks in New York, New York selected by the Trustee for loans in United
States dollars to leading European banks having the Index Maturity and in a
principal amount equal to an amount of not less than US $ 1,000,000 and that is
representative for a single transaction in such market at such time; provided,
however, that if the banks selected as aforesaid are not quoting as mentioned in
this sentence, LIBOR in effect for the applicable period will be LIBOR in effect
for the previous period.

     "London Business Day" shall mean any business day on which dealings in
  deposits in United States dollars are transacted in the London interbank
  market.

PRINCIPAL

     In general, no principal payments will be made to the Certificateholders
until the Expected Final Payment Date or, upon the occurrence of an Early
Amortization Event, until the first Distribution Date following such event. On
each Distribution Date with respect to the Revolving Period, Principal
Collections allocable to the Certificateholders' Interest, subject to certain
limitations, will either be (a) allocated to the Excess Funding Account as
described herein, (b) allocated to one or more Series which are in amortization,
early amortization or accumulation periods to cover principal payments due to
the investor certificateholders of any such Series or which provide for excess
funding accounts or similar arrangements or (c) if no such Series is then
amortizing or accumulating principal or otherwise does not provide for excess
funding accounts or similar arrangements, paid to the Seller to maintain the
Certificateholders' Interest or held as Unallocated Principal Collections. See
"--Allocation Percentages--Principal Collections for all Series" and "--
Distributions from the Collection Account; Reserve Fund--Principal Collections"
below.

     Unless and until an Early Amortization Event shall have occurred and until
the outstanding principal balance of the Certificates is paid in full, on each
Distribution Date with respect to the Accumulation Period, Principal Collections
allocable to the Certificateholders' Interest plus certain other amounts
comprising Monthly Principal will no longer be paid for the benefit of another
Series or to the Seller as described above but instead an amount thereof

                                       43
<PAGE>
 
up to the Controlled Distribution Amount for each such Distribution Date will be
deposited in the Principal Funding Account.  The funds on deposit in the
Principal Funding Account (including any amounts deposited therein from the
Excess Funding Account) will be used to pay the outstanding principal balance of
the Certificates on the Expected Final Payment Date.  If on such date the amount
in the Principal Funding Account is less than the outstanding principal balance
of the Certificates, the amounts in such accounts will nevertheless be
distributed to Certificateholders on such date, the Early Amortization Period
will commence and on each Distribution Date thereafter the Certificateholders
will receive distributions of Monthly Principal and Monthly Interest until the
outstanding principal balance of the Certificates has been paid in full or the
Termination Date has occurred.

     It is expected that the final principal payment with respect to the Offered
Certificates will be made on the Expected Final Payment Date, but the principal
of the Certificates may be paid earlier or, depending on the actual payment rate
on the Receivables, later, as described under "Risk Factors--Effect of Timing of
Origination of, and Payments on, Receivables on Payments on the Certificates."
If the Receivables are sold or repurchased as described below, principal
payments on the Certificates will be made on the Distribution Date following
such sale or repurchase.  See "--Allocation Percentages--Principal Collections
for all Series" and "--Distributions from the Collection Account; Reserve Fund--
Principal Collections."

     The Class B Certificates will be subordinated to fund payments of principal
(and interest) on the Class A Certificates. See "Description of the Certificates
- --Distributions."

     Distributions on the Certificates will be made on each Distribution Date to
the holders of Certificates in whose names the Certificates were registered
(expected to be Cede, as nominee of DTC, with respect to the Offered
Certificates) at the close of business on the day preceding such Distribution
Date (or, if Definitive Certificates are issued, on the last day of the
preceding calendar month) (each a "Record Date"). However, the final
distribution on the Certificates will be made only upon presentation and
surrender of the Certificates. Distributions will be made to DTC in immediately
available funds.

BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION

     DTC is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the laws of the
State of New York, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a "clearing
corporation" within the meaning of the UCC and a "clearing agency" registered
pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC was created
to hold securities for its participating organizations ("Participants") and
facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between
Participants through electronic book-entry changes in their accounts, thereby
eliminating the need for physical movement of certificates. Participants include
the Underwriters, securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies and
clearing corporations and may include certain other organizations. Indirect
access to the DTC system also is available to others such as banks, brokers,
dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial
relationship with a Participant, either directly or indirectly ("Indirect
Participants").

     Class A and Class B Certificateholders that are not Participants or
Indirect Participants but desire to purchase, sell or otherwise transfer
ownership of, or other interests in, Offered Certificates may do so only through
Participants and Indirect Participants. In addition, Class A and Class B
Certificateholders will receive all distributions of principal of and interest
on the Offered Certificates from the Trustee through DTC and its Participants.
Under a book-entry format, Class A and Class B Certificateholders will receive
payments after the related Distribution Date because, while payments are
required to be forwarded to Cede, as nominee for DTC, on each such date, DTC
will forward such payments to its Participants which thereafter will be required
to forward them to Indirect Participants or Class A or Class B
Certificateholders. It is anticipated that the only Class A and Class B
Certificateholder (as such term is used in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement)
will be Cede, as nominee of DTC, and that Certificate Owners will not be
recognized by the Trustee as Class A or Class B Certificateholders under the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement. Certificate Owners will only be permitted to
exercise the rights of

                                       44
<PAGE>
 
Class A or Class B Certificateholders under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
indirectly through DTC and its Participants who in turn will exercise their
rights through DTC.

     Under the rules, regulations and procedures creating and affecting DTC and
its operations, DTC is required to make book-entry transfers among Participants
on whose behalf it acts with respect to the Offered Certificates and is required
to receive and transmit distributions of principal of and interest on the
Offered Certificates. Participants and Indirect Participants with which
Certificate Owners have accounts with respect to the Offered Certificates
similarly are required to make book-entry transfers and receive and transmit
such payments on behalf of their respective Certificate Owners.

     Because DTC can only act on behalf of Participants, who in turn act on
behalf of Indirect Participants and certain banks, the ability of a Certificate
Owner to pledge Offered Certificates to persons or entities that do not
participate in the DTC system, or otherwise take actions in respect of such
Offered Certificates, may be limited due to the lack of a physical certificate
for such Offered Certificates.

     DTC has advised the Seller that it will take any action permitted to be
taken by a Class A or Class B Certificateholder under the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement only at the direction of one or more Participants to whose account
with DTC the Offered Certificates are credited.

     CEDEL is incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg as a professional
depository. CEDEL holds securities for its participating organizations ("CEDEL
Participants") and facilitates the clearance and settlement of securities
transactions between CEDEL Participants through electronic book-entry changes in
accounts of CEDEL Participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical
movement of certificates. CEDEL provides to its CEDEL Participants, among other
things, services for safekeeping, administration, clearance and settlement of
internationally traded securities and securities lending and borrowing. CEDEL
interfaces with domestic markets in several countries. As a professional
depository, CEDEL is subject to regulation by the Luxembourg Monetary Institute.
CEDEL Participants are recognized financial institutions around the world,
including underwriters, securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies,
clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Indirect access to CEDEL
is also available to others, such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies
that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a CEDEL
Participant, either directly or indirectly.

     Euroclear was created in 1968 to hold securities for participants of
Euroclear ("Euroclear Participants") and to clear and settle transactions
between Euroclear Participants through simultaneous electronic book-entry
delivery against payment, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of
certificates and any risk from lack of simultaneous transfers of securities and
cash. Euroclear includes various other services, including securities lending
and borrowing and interfaces with domestic markets in several countries
generally similar to the arrangements for cross-market transfers with DTC
described above. Euroclear is operated by the Brussels, Belgium office of Morgan
Guaranty Trust Company of New York (the "Euroclear Operator"), under contract
with Euroclear Clearance Systems S.C., a Belgian cooperative corporation (the
"Cooperative"). All operations are conducted by the Euroclear Operator, and all
Euroclear securities clearance accounts and Euroclear cash accounts are accounts
with the Euroclear Operator, not the Cooperative. The Cooperative establishes
policy for Euroclear on behalf of Euroclear Participants. Euroclear Participants
include banks (including central banks), securities brokers and dealers and
other professional financial intermediaries. Indirect access to Euroclear is
also available to other firms that clear through or maintain a custodial
relationship with a Euroclear Participant, either directly or indirectly.

     The Euroclear Operator is the Belgian branch of a New York banking
corporation which is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System. As such, it is
regulated and examined by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
and the New York State Banking Department, as well as the Belgian Banking
Commission. Securities clearance accounts and cash accounts with the Euroclear
Operator are governed by the Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear and
the related Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System and applicable Belgian
law (collectively, the "Terms and Conditions"). The Terms and Conditions govern
transfers of securities

                                       45
<PAGE>
 
and cash within Euroclear, withdrawals of securities and cash from Euroclear,
and receipts of payments with respect to securities in Euroclear.  All
securities in Euroclear are held on a fungible basis without attribution of
specific certificates to specific securities clearance accounts.  The Euroclear
Operator acts under the Terms and Conditions only on behalf of Euroclear
Participants, and has no record of or relationship with persons holding through
Euroclear Participants.

     Distributions with respect to the Offered Certificates held through CEDEL
or Euroclear will be credited to the cash accounts of CEDEL Participants or
Euroclear Participants in accordance with the relevant system's rules and
procedures, to the extent received by its Depositary. Such distributions will be
subject to tax reporting in accordance with relevant United States tax laws and
regulations. See "Federal Income Tax Considerations" and "State and Local Tax
Consequences." CEDEL or the Euroclear Operator, as the case may be, will take
any other action permitted to be taken by a Class A or Class B Certificateholder
under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement on behalf of a CEDEL Participant or
Euroclear Participant only in accordance with its relevant rules and procedures
and subject to its Depositary's ability to effect such actions on its behalf
through DTC.

     Holders of Offered Certificates may hold their Offered Certificates through
DTC (in the United States) or CEDEL or Euroclear (in Europe) if they are
participants of such systems, or indirectly through organizations which are
participants in such systems.

     The Offered Certificates will initially be registered in the name of Cede &
Co., the nominee of DTC.  CEDEL and Euroclear will hold omnibus positions on
behalf of their participants through customers' securities accounts in CEDEL's
and Euroclear's names on the books of their respective depositories which in
turn will hold such positions in customers' securities accounts in the
depositories' names on the books of DTC.  Citibank, N.A. ("Citibank") will act
as depositary for CEDEL and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York ("Morgan")
will act as depositary for Euroclear (in such capacities, individually the
"Depositary" and collectively the "Depositaries").

     Transfers between Participants will occur in accordance with DTC rules.
Transfers between CEDEL Participants and Euroclear Participants will occur in
accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.

     Cross-market transfers between persons holding directly or indirectly
through DTC, on the one hand, and directly or indirectly through CEDEL
Participants or Euroclear Participants, on the other, will be effected in DTC in
accordance with DTC rules on behalf of the relevant European international
clearing system by its Depositary; however, such cross-market transactions will
require delivery of instructions to the relevant European international clearing
system by the counterparty in such system in accordance with its rules and
procedures and within its established deadlines (European time). The relevant
European international clearing system will, if the transaction meets its
settlement requirements, deliver instructions to its Depositary to take action
to effect final settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving securities
in DTC, and making or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for
same-day funds settlement applicable to DTC. CEDEL Participants and Euroclear
Participants may not deliver instructions directly to the Depositaries.

     Because of time zone differences, credits of securities received in CEDEL
or Euroclear as a result of a transaction with a Participant will be made during
subsequent securities settlement processing and dated the business day following
the DTC settlement date. Such credits or any transactions in such securities
settled during such processing will be reported to the relevant Euroclear or
CEDEL Participants on such business day. Cash received in CEDEL or Euroclear as
a result of sales of securities by or through a CEDEL Participant or Euroclear
Participant to a Participant will be received with value on the DTC settlement
date but will be available in the relevant CEDEL or Euroclear cash account only
as of the business day following settlement in DTC. For information with respect
to tax documentation procedures relating to the Offered Certificates, see
"Federal Income Tax Considerations--Foreign Investors."

                                       46
<PAGE>
 
     Although DTC, CEDEL and Euroclear have agreed to the foregoing procedures
in order to facilitate transfers of Offered Certificates among participants of
DTC, CEDEL and Euroclear, they are under no obligation to perform or continue to
perform such procedures and such procedures may be discontinued at any time.

DEFINITIVE CERTIFICATES

     Class A and Class B Certificates will be issued in fully registered,
certificated form to Certificate Owners or their nominees ("Definitive
Certificates"), rather than to DTC or its nominee, only if (i) the Seller
advises the Trustee in writing that DTC is no longer willing or able to properly
discharge its responsibilities as Depository with respect to the Class A and for
Class B Certificates, as applicable, and the Trustee or the Seller is unable to
locate a qualified successor, (ii) the Seller, at its option, elects to
terminate the book-entry system through DTC with respect to such class or (iii)
after the occurrence of a Servicer Default, Class A or Class B
Certificateholders, as applicable, representing not less than 50% of the
aggregate unpaid principal amount of such Certificates advise the Trustee and
DTC through Participants in writing that the continuation of a book-entry system
through DTC (or a successor thereto) is no longer in the best interests of such
Certificateholders.

     Upon the occurrence of any of the events described in the immediately
preceding paragraph, DTC is required to notify all Participants of the
availability through DTC of Definitive Certificates for the Class A or Class B
Certificates, as applicable.  Upon surrender by DTC of the certificate or
certificates representing such Class A or Class B Certificates and instructions
for re-registration, the Trustee will issue such Class A or Class B
Certificates, as applicable, in the form of Definitive Certificates, and
thereafter the Trustee will recognize the holders of such Definitive
Certificates as Class A or Class B Certificateholders under the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement ("Holders").  In the event that Definitive Certificates are
issued or DTC ceases to be the clearing agency for the Class A or Class B
Certificates, the Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that the Class A or
Class B Certificateholders will be notified of such event.

     Distributions of principal of and interest on the Offered Certificates will
be made by the Trustee directly to Holders in accordance with the procedures set
forth herein and in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. See "--Distributions
from the Collection Account; Reserve Fund" and "--Distributions" below.
Distributions on each Distribution Date will be made to Holders in whose names
the Definitive Certificates were registered at the close of business on the
related Record Date. Distributions will be made by check mailed to the address
of such Holder as it appears on the register maintained by the Trustee. The
final distribution on any Certificate (whether Definitive Certificates or the
certificate or certificates registered in the name of Cede representing the
Certificates), however, will be made only upon presentation and surrender of
such Certificate on the final payment date at such office or agency as is
specified in the notice of final distribution to Certificateholders. The Trustee
will provide such notice to registered Certificateholders not later than the
first day of the month of the final distribution.

     Definitive Certificates will be transferable or exchangeable at the offices
of the Trustee, which shall initially be 450 West 33rd Street, New York, New
York 10001. No service charge will be imposed for any registration of transfer
or exchange, but the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover
any tax or other governmental charge imposed in connection therewith.

SUPPLEMENTAL CERTIFICATES

     The Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that the Seller may exchange a
portion of the certificate evidencing the Seller's Interest (the "Seller's
Certificate") for another certificate (a "Supplemental Certificate") for
transfer or assignment to a person designated by the Seller upon the execution
and delivery of a supplement to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement (which
supplement shall be subject to the amendment section of the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement to the extent that it amends any of the terms of the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement); provided that (a) the Seller shall after giving effect
thereto have an interest in the Pool Balance of not less than 2%

                                       47
<PAGE>
 
of the Pool Balance, (b) the Seller shall have delivered to the Trustee, each
Rating Agency and any Enhancement Provider a Tax Opinion (as defined below) with
respect to such exchange and (c) the Seller shall have delivered to the Trustee
evidence of satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition.  Any subsequent
transfer or assignment of a Supplemental Certificate is also subject to the
conditions described in clauses (b) and (c) in the preceding sentence.

NEW ISSUANCES

     The Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that the Trust will issue two
types of certificates: (i) one or more Series of investor certificates
(including the Certificates) which are transferable and have the characteristics
described below and (ii) the Seller's Certificate (and any Supplemental
Certificate) which will evidence the Seller's Interest and will be transferable
only upon the satisfaction of certain conditions described above under "--
Supplemental Certificates." The Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that,
pursuant to one or more Supplements, the Seller may cause the Trustee to issue
one or more new Series. Under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Seller
may specify, among other things, with respect to any Series: (a) its name or
designation, (b) its initial principal amount, (c) its certificate rate (or the
method for determining its certificate rate), (d) a date on which it will begin
its amortization period or controlled amortization period, if any, (e) the
method for allocating principal and interest to certificateholders, (f) the
percentage used to calculate monthly servicing fees, (g) the issuer and terms of
any Enhancement with respect thereto or the level of subordination provided by
the Seller's Interest, (h) the terms on which the certificates of such Series
may be exchanged for certificates of another Series, be subject to repurchase,
optional redemption or mandatory redemption by the Seller or be remarketed by
any remarketing agent, (i) the series termination date and (j) any other terms
permitted by the Pooling and Servicing Agreement (all such terms, the "Principal
Terms" of such Series). The Seller may offer any Series under a prospectus or
other disclosure document in transactions either registered under the Securities
Act or exempt from registration thereunder, directly or through one or more
underwriters or placement agents. There is no limit to the number of Series that
may be issued under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

     The Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that the Seller may specify
Principal Terms of a new Series such that each Series has an amortization period
or accumulation period which may have a different length and begin on a
different date than the amortization period or accumulation period for any other
Series.  Further, one or more Series may be in their early amortization periods
or accumulation periods while other Series are not.  Thus, certain Series may be
amortizing or accumulating principal, while other Series are not amortizing or
accumulating principal.  Moreover, different Series may have the benefits of
different forms of Enhancement issued by different entities.  Under the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement, the Trustee will hold each form of Enhancement only on
behalf of the Series (or a particular class within a Series) to which it
relates.  The Pooling and Servicing Agreement also provides that the Seller may
specify different certificate rates and monthly servicing fees with respect to
each Series (or a particular class within a Series).  In addition, the Seller
has the option under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement to vary between Series
(or classes within a Series) the terms upon which a Series (or classes within a
Series) may be repurchased by the Seller.

     Under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and pursuant to a Supplement, a
new Series may be issued only upon the satisfaction of certain specified
conditions. The Seller may cause the issuance of a new Series by notifying the
Trustee at least five business days in advance of the applicable Series Issuance
Date. The Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that the Trustee will issue
any such Series only upon delivery to it of the following: (i) a Supplement in
form satisfactory to the Trustee signed by the Seller and the Servicer and
specifying the Principal Terms of such Series, (ii) the form of any Enhancement
and any related agreement, (iii) an opinion of counsel to the effect that, for
federal income and Missouri income tax purposes, (x) such issuance will not
adversely affect the characterization of the certificates (including the
Certificates) of any outstanding Series or class as debt of the Seller, (y) such
issuance will not cause a taxable event to any certificateholders (including the
Certificateholders) (an opinion of counsel to the effect referred to in clauses
(x) and (y) with respect to any action is referred to herein as a "Tax Opinion")
and (z) such new Series will be characterized as debt of the Seller and (iv)
evidence of satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition. Such issuance is also
subject to the conditions that

                                       48
<PAGE>
 
(a) the Seller shall have represented and warranted that such issuance shall
not, in the reasonable belief of the Seller, cause an Early Amortization Event
to occur and (b) after giving effect to such issuance, the Seller's interest in
the Pool Balance shall not be less than 2% of the Pool Balance.  In addition, it
will be a condition to the issuance of any new Series that all of the conditions
listed above would be satisfied if the Delayed Funding Receivables in the Trust
were not in the Trust; provided that this condition will be eliminated if the
Seller has received evidence of satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition.
Upon satisfaction of all such conditions, the Trustee will issue such Series.

CONVEYANCE OF RECEIVABLES AND COLLATERAL SECURITY

     On the date on which the initial Series was issued by the Trust (the
"Initial Closing Date"), the Seller sold and assigned to the Trust all of its
right, title and interest in and to the Receivables and the related Collateral
Security as of the Initial Cut-Off Date, all receivables thereafter created in
the Accounts and its interests in the related Collateral Security and the
Receivables Contribution and Sale Agreement, and the proceeds of all of the
foregoing. See "The Trust."

     In connection with the contribution and sale of the Receivables to the
Seller by DFS and the transfer of the Receivables by the Seller to the Trust,
DFS indicated in their books and records, which may include computer records,
that the Receivables in the Accounts and the related Collateral Security had
been conveyed to the Trust. In addition, the Seller provided to the Trustee a
computer file or microfiche or written list containing a true and complete list
showing for each Account, as of the Initial Cut-Off Date, (i) its account number
and (ii) the outstanding balance of Principal Receivables in such Account. DFS
has retained and will retain and will not deliver to the Trustee any other
records or agreements relating to the Receivables. Except as set forth above,
the records and agreements relating to the Receivables have not been and will
not be segregated from those relating to other accounts of DFS, and the physical
documentation relating to the Receivables has not and will not be stamped or
marked to reflect the transfer of the Receivables to the Trust. The Seller filed
one or more financing statements in accordance with Missouri law (and, with
respect to Deutsche BSC, Georgia law) to perfect the Trust's interest in the
Receivables, the Collateral Security, the Receivables Contribution and Sale
Agreement and the proceeds thereof. See "Risk Factors--Certain Legal Aspects"
and "Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables."

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     The Seller has made and will make representations and warranties to the
Trustee and the Trust relating to the Accounts, the Receivables and the
Collateral Security to the effect, among other things, that (a) as of the
Initial Cut-Off Date, the Closing Date and the date of issuance of any other
Series (a "Series Issuance Date") (or, in the case of an Additional Account, as
of the cut-off date for such Additional Account (the "Additional Cut-Off Date")
and the date the related Receivables are transferred to the Trust (an "Addition
Date")), each Account or Additional Account was or is an Eligible Account or, if
it was or is an Ineligible Account on such date, such Account is being removed
from the Trust in accordance with the requirements of the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, (b) as of the Initial Cut-Off Date (or as of the Additional Cut-Off
Date, in the case of any Additional Accounts) or as of the date any future
Receivable is generated (a "Transfer Date"), each Receivable conveyed to the
Trust is an Eligible Receivable or, if such Receivable is not an Eligible
Receivable, such Receivable is conveyed to the Trust as described below under "-
- -Eligible Accounts and Eligible Receivables," (c) each Receivable and all
Collateral Security conveyed to the Trust on the Initial Closing Date and on
each Transfer Date or, in the case of Additional Accounts, on the Addition Date,
and all of the Seller's right, title and interest in the Receivables
Contribution and Sale Agreement, have been conveyed to the Trust free and clear
of any liens, and (d) all appropriate consents and governmental authorizations
required to be obtained by the Seller in connection with the conveyance of each
such Receivable or Collateral Security have been duly obtained.  If the Seller
breaches any representation and warranty described in this paragraph and such
breach remains uncured for 30 days or such longer period as may be agreed

                                       49
<PAGE>
 
to by the Trustee, after the earlier to occur of the discovery of such breach by
the Seller or the Servicer or receipt of written notice of such breach by the
Seller or the Servicer, and such breach has a material adverse effect on the
Certificateholders' Interest or the interests of the holders of other
outstanding Series in any Receivable or Account, the Certificateholders'
Interest and such other certificateholders' interests in such Receivable or, in
the case of a breach relating to an Account, all Receivables in the related
Account ("Ineligible Receivables") will be reassigned to the Seller on the terms
and conditions set forth below and such Account shall no longer be included as
an Account.

     Each such Receivable shall be reassigned to the Seller on or before the end
of the Collection Period in which such reassignment obligation arises by the
Seller directing the Servicer to deduct the principal balance of such Receivable
(discounted by the Discount Factor for the Collection Period preceding such
Determination Date) from the Pool Balance. In the event that such deduction
would cause the Seller's Participation Amount to be less than the Trust
Available Subordinated Amount on the preceding Determination Date (after giving
effect to the allocations, distributions, withdrawals and deposits to be made on
the Distribution Date following such Determination Date), on the date on which
such reassignment is to occur the Seller will be obligated to make a deposit
into the Collection Account in immediately available funds in an amount equal to
the amount by which the Seller's Participation Amount would be less than the
Trust Available Subordinated Amount (the amount of any such deposit being
referred to herein as a "Transfer Deposit Amount"), provided that if the
Transfer Deposit Amount is not so deposited, the principal balance of the
related Receivables will be deducted from the Pool Balance only to the extent
the Seller's Participation Amount is not reduced below the Trust Available
Subordinated Amount and any principal balance not so deducted will not be
reassigned and will remain part of the Trust. The reassignment of any such
Receivable to the Seller and the payment of any related Transfer Deposit Amount
will be the sole remedy respecting any breach of the representations and
warranties described in the preceding paragraph with respect to such Receivable
available to Certificateholders or the Trustee on behalf of Certificateholders.

     The Seller will also make representations and warranties to the Trust to
the effect, among other things, that as of the Closing Date and each Series
Issuance Date (a) it is duly organized as a limited partnership and in good
standing, it has the authority to consummate the transactions contemplated by
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
constitutes a valid, binding and enforceable agreement of the Seller and (b) the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement constitutes a valid sale, transfer and
assignment to the Trust of all right, title and interest of the Seller in or
under (i) the Receivables and the Collateral Security, whether then existing or
thereafter created, (ii) the Receivables Contribution and Sale Agreement, and
(iii) the proceeds thereof (including proceeds in any of the accounts
established for the benefit of the certificateholders) and upon the filing of
financing statements under the UCC as then in effect in the State of Missouri or
under New York law, which is effective as to each Receivable existing on the
Closing Date (or as of the Addition Date, if applicable) or, as to each
Receivable arising thereafter, upon the creation thereof the Trust shall have a
perfected ownership interest in such property. In the event that the breach of
any of the representations and warranties described in this paragraph has a
material adverse effect on the Certificateholders' Interest or the interests of
the holders of other outstanding Series in the Receivables, then either the
Trustee or the holders of certificates of all outstanding Series (including the
Certificates) evidencing more than 50% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount
of all outstanding Series, by written notice to the Seller and the Servicer (and
to the Trustee and any issuer or provider of any Enhancement (an "Enhancement
Provider") if given by certificateholders), may direct the Seller to accept the
reassignment of the Certificateholders' Interest and the certificateholders'
interests of other Series within 60 days of such notice, or within such longer
period specified in such notice. The Seller will be obligated to accept the
reassignment of the Certificateholders' Interest and such other
certificateholders' interests on a Distribution Date occurring within such 60-
day period. Such reassignment will not be required to be made, however, if at
the end of such applicable period, the representations and warranties shall then
be true and correct in all material respects and any material adverse effect
caused by such breach shall have been cured. The portion of the price for such
reassignment in respect of the Certificates will be equal to the sum of (i) the
Invested Amount of the Certificates on the Determination Date preceding the
Distribution Date on which the purchase is scheduled to be made, (ii) accrued
and unpaid interest on the unpaid principal amount of the Certificates at the
applicable Certificate Rates (together with interest on overdue

                                       50
<PAGE>
 
interest, to the extent lawfully payable) and (iii) any Carry-over Amount. The
payment of the reassignment price for all outstanding Series, in immediately
available funds, will be considered a payment in full of the Certificateholders'
Interest and such other certificateholders' interests. The portion of such funds
allocable to the Certificateholders' Interest will be distributed upon
presentation and surrender of the Certificates. If the Trustee or the
certificateholders give a notice as provided above, the obligation of the Seller
to make any such deposit will constitute the sole remedy respecting a breach of
the representations and warranties available to certificateholders or the
Trustee on behalf of the certificateholders.


ELIGIBLE ACCOUNTS AND ELIGIBLE RECEIVABLES

     As stated elsewhere in this Prospectus, references to DFS in connection
with the origination or conveyance of Receivables include Deutsche BSC in its
origination and conveyance of Receivables and each other affiliate of DFS that
may originate and convey Receivables in the future (subject to satisfaction of
the Rating Agency Condition).

     An "Eligible Account" is defined to mean each arrangement to provide a
revolving extension of credit by DFS to a Dealer (i) in order to finance the
purchase by a Dealer of consumer and commercial product inventory, (ii) as a
credit facility secured by the accounts receivable owned by such Dealer, (iii)
as a line of credit secured by unencumbered assets of such Dealer or (iv) as an
unsecured line of credit, which extension of credit, as of the date of
determination thereof (a) is established by DFS in the ordinary course of
business pursuant to a floorplan, accounts receivable, asset based or unsecured
lending financing agreement, (b) is in favor of a Dealer doing business in the
United States which is an eligible Dealer (which excludes Dealers subject to
voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceedings or voluntary or involuntary
liquidation), (c) is in existence and maintained and serviced by DFS and (d) in
respect of which no amounts have been charged off as uncollectible. Eligible
Accounts include Accounts in which another lender participates. See "The Dealer
Floorplan Financing Business of DFS--Participation Arrangements." Receivables
arising in Accounts in which another lender participates include only DFS's
undivided interest in the related advance and not the undivided interest therein
of the other lender.

     An "Eligible Receivable" is defined to mean each Receivable: (a) which was
originated or acquired by DFS in the ordinary course of business, (b) which
arose under an Account that at such time was an Eligible Account, (c) which is
owned by DFS at the time of sale by DFS to the Seller, (d) which represents the
obligation of a Dealer to repay an advance made to or on behalf of such Dealer,
(e) which at the time of creation and at the time of transfer to the Trust is,
except in the case of an Unsecured Receivable, secured, to the extent required
by the related financing agreement, by a perfected first priority security
interest (whether by prior filing, purchase money security interest statutory
priority, or subordination agreement from prior filers) in the products,
accounts receivable or other collateral relating thereto (except that such
security interest need not be a first priority security interest in the case of
a Receivable arising in an Account for which the payment terms are on a
Scheduled Payment Plan basis and the maximum credit line is $250,000 or less,
but only if such Account was designated as an Account as of the Series 1994-1
Closing Date) and the perfection of such security interest is governed by the
laws of one or more of the States of the United States, the District of Columbia
or, if acceptable to each Rating Agency, a territory or possession of the United
States, (f) which was created in compliance in all respects with all
requirements of law applicable thereto and pursuant to a floorplan, accounts
receivable, asset based lending or unsecured receivable financing agreement
which complies in all respects with all requirements of law applicable to any
party thereto, (g) with respect to which all consents and governmental
authorizations required to be obtained by DFS or the Seller in connection with
the creation of such Receivable or the transfer thereof to the Trust or the
performance by DFS of the floorplan, accounts receivable, asset based lending or
unsecured receivable financing agreement pursuant to which such Receivable was
created, have been duly obtained and are in full force and effect, (h) as to
which at all times following the transfer of such Receivable to the Trust, the
Trust will have good and marketable title thereto free and clear of all liens
arising prior to the transfer or arising at any time, other than liens permitted
pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, (i) which has been the subject
of a valid transfer and assignment from the

                                       51
<PAGE>
 
Seller to the Trust of all the Seller's interest therein (including any proceeds
thereof), (j) which will at all times be the legal and assignable payment
obligation of the Dealer relating thereto, enforceable against such Dealer or
Manufacturer in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be
limited by applicable bankruptcy or other similar laws, (k) which at the time of
transfer to the Trust is not subject to any right of rescission, setoff, or any
other defense (including defenses arising out of violations of usury laws) of
the Dealer, (l) as to which, at the time of transfer of such Receivable to the
Trust, DFS and the Seller have satisfied all their respective obligations with
respect to such Receivable required to be satisfied at such time, (m) as to
which, at the time of transfer of such Receivable to the Trust, neither DFS nor
the Seller has taken or failed to take any action which would impair the rights
of the Trust or the certificateholders therein, (n) which constitutes "chattel
paper", an "account" or a "general intangible" as defined in Article 9 of the
UCC as then in effect in the State of Missouri (the financing agreement giving
rise to said Receivable may, however, be subject by its terms, or by judicial
interpretation, to the laws of other states), (o) which was transferred to the
Trust with all applicable governmental authorizations and (p) if such Receivable
has the benefit of a Floorplan Agreement with a Manufacturer, such Floorplan
Agreement provides, subject to the specific terms thereof and any limitations
therein (which may vary among Floorplan Agreements), that the Manufacturer is
obligated to repurchase the products securing the Receivable upon the Servicer's
repossession thereof upon the related Dealer's default. For a description of the
various terms of the Floorplan Agreements, see "The Dealer Floorplan Financing
Business of DFS--Floorplan Agreements." Notwithstanding the foregoing, together
with the Ineligible Receivables referred to under "--Representations and
Warranties" above, (i) all Receivables that, at the time of its transfer to the
Trust, have been SAU or NSF for more than 30 days will also be "Ineligible
Receivables," and (ii) the aggregate of Receivables that, at the time of
transfer of each such Receivable to the Trust, have been SAU or NSF for a period
of one to 30 days will also be "Ineligible Receivables" to the extent that such
aggregate amount exceeds 0.75% of the Pool Balance at the end of such Collection
Period. All Ineligible Receivables will be transferred to the Trust, but the
"Pool Balance" will for all purposes be calculated by excluding all Ineligible
Receivables from the Receivables. Delayed Funding Receivables, as described
under "The Dealer Floorplan Financing Business of DFS--Creation of Receivables",
will be Eligible Receivables, but, unless the required statement from each
Rating Agency is received as described under "--New Issuances" above, Delayed
Funding Receivables will be deemed not to be part of the Pool Balance for
purposes of determining whether a new Series of certificates may be issued. Once
a Receivable that was initially a Delayed Funding Receivable is funded by DFS,
then such Receivable will no longer be considered to be a Delayed Funding
Receivable for purposes of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. In addition,
Delayed Funding Receivables (including any Collections thereon and Defaulted
Amounts in respect thereof) will cease to be included in the Trust on the day,
if any, on which an Insolvency Event in respect of DFS occurs.

     It is not required or anticipated that the Trustee will make any initial or
periodic general examination of the Receivables or any records relating to the
Receivables for the purpose of establishing the presence or absence of defects,
compliance with representations and warranties of the Seller or for any other
purpose. In addition, it is not anticipated or required that the Trustee will
make any initial or periodic general examination of the Servicer for the purpose
of establishing the compliance by the Servicer with its representations or
warranties, the observation of its obligations under the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement or for any other purpose. The Servicer, however, will deliver to the
Trustee on or before April 30 of each calendar year a certificate with respect
to its performance under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and each
Supplement.


THE OVERCONCENTRATION AMOUNTS

     The Available Subordinated Amount shall be adjusted to reflect, on each
Determination Date, the aggregate principal amount of Receivables in the Trust
on such Distribution Date which are A/R Receivable Overconcentrations, Asset
Based Receivable Overconcentrations, Dealer Overconcentrations, Manufacturer
Overconcentrations, Product Line Overconcentrations and Unsecured Receivable
Overconcentrations (the "Overconcentration Amount") allocable to the
Certificateholders' Interest.

                                       52
<PAGE>
 
          "A/R Receivable Overconcentration" on any Determination Date means the
     excess of (a) the aggregate of all amounts of Principal Receivables in
     accounts created pursuant to Accounts Receivable Financing Agreements on
     the last day of the Collection Period immediately preceding such
     Determination Date over (b) 20% of the Pool Balance on the last day of such
     immediately preceding Collection Period.

          "Asset Based Receivable Overconcentration" on any Determination Date
     means the excess of (a) the aggregate of all amounts of Principal
     Receivables in Accounts created pursuant to Asset Based Lending Financing
     Agreements on the last day of the Collection Period immediately preceding
     such Determination Date over (b) 15% of the Pool Balance on the last day of
     such immediately preceding Collection Period.

          "Dealer Overconcentration" on any Determination Date means, with
     respect to any Account with a Dealer, the excess of (a) the aggregate
     amount of Receivables in such Account on the last day of the Collection
     Period immediately preceding such Determination Date over (b) 3% of the
     Pool Balance on the last day of such immediately preceding Collection
     Period.

          "Manufacturer Overconcentration" on any Determination Date means the
     excess of (a) the aggregate of all amounts of Principal Receivables in
     Accounts created pursuant to Floorplan Agreements with a single
     Manufacturer on the last day of the Collection Period immediately preceding
     such Determination Date over (b) 15% of the Pool Balance on the last day of
     such immediately preceding Collection Period.

          "Product Line Overconcentration" on any Determination Date means, with
     respect to Accounts created pursuant to Wholesale Financing Agreements, the
     excess of (a) the aggregate of all amounts of Principal Receivables in such
     Accounts that represent financing for a single product line on the last day
     of the Collection Period immediately preceding such Determination Date over
     (b) 25% (40% in the case of computer products) of the Pool Balance on the
     last day of such immediately preceding Collection Period.

          "Unsecured Receivable Overconcentration" on any Determination Date
     means, without duplication, the sum of (i) the excess of (a) the aggregate
     of all amounts of Principal Receivables in Accounts created pursuant to
     Unsecured Receivable Financing Agreements on the last day of the Collection
     Period immediately preceding such Determination Date over (b) 3% of the
     Pool Balance on the last day of such immediately preceding Collection
     Period and (ii) the aggregate of the Individual Unsecured Receivable
     Overconcentrations for such Determination Date. The "Individual Unsecured
     Receivable Overconcentration" on any Determination Date means, with respect
     to any Account for Unsecured Receivables, the excess of (i) the aggregate
     of all amounts of Principal Receivables in such Account on the last day of
     the Collection Period immediately preceding such Determination Date over
     (ii) (a) in the case of a Dealer whose unsecured debt is rated at least A-
     or its equivalent, 1% of the Pool Balance on the last day of such
     immediately preceding Collection Period and (b) in the case of a Dealer
     whose unsecured debt is rated less than A- or its equivalent or is not
     rated, 0.5% of such Pool Balance.

Notwithstanding the above, in the case of each such Overconcentration, the
percentage in clause (b) (in the case of an Individual Unsecured Receivable
Concentration, both clause (a) and clause (b)) may be increased by the Seller,
without the consent of any Certificateholder, to a level acceptable to each
Rating Agency as long as the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. See 
"--Allocation of Collections; Deposits in Collection Account; Limited
Subordination of Seller's Interest--Available Subordinated Amount."

                                       53
<PAGE>
 
ADDITION OF ACCOUNTS

     Subject to the conditions described below, the Seller has the right to
designate from time to time additional accounts to be included as Accounts (the
"Additional Accounts"). In addition, the Seller is required to add the
Receivables of Additional Accounts if either (i) the Pool Balance (exclusive of
Delayed Funding Receivables) on the last day of any Collection Period is less
than the Required Participation Amount as of the following Distribution Date or
(ii) the Seller's Participation Amount (exclusive of Delayed Funding
Receivables) as of the following Distribution Date multiplied by the portion of
the Seller's Interest (exclusive of Delayed Funding Receivables) represented by
the Seller's Certificate is less than 5% of the Pool Balance (exclusive of
Delayed Funding Receivables) on such last day. In either case, unless certain
insolvency events have occurred with respect to the Seller or DFS, DFS under the
Receivables Contribution and Sale Agreement will be required to sell to the
Seller, and the Seller under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement will be
required to transfer and assign to the Trust, within 10 business days after the
end of such Collection Period, interests in all Receivables arising in such
Additional Accounts, whether such Receivables are then existing or thereafter
created. Any designation of Additional Accounts is subject to the following
conditions, among others: (i) each such Additional Account must be an Eligible
Account; (ii) the Seller shall represent and warrant that the addition of such
Additional Accounts shall not, in the reasonable belief of the Seller, cause an
Early Amortization Event to occur; (iii) the Seller shall not select such
Additional Accounts in a manner that it believes is adverse to the interests of
the certificateholders or any Enhancement Provider; (iv) the Seller shall
deliver a Tax Opinion, other than in the case of a required addition, and
certain other opinions of counsel with respect to the addition of such
Additional Accounts to the Trustee, each Rating Agency and any Enhancement
Provider and (v) if the Automatic Addition Condition is not satisfied, the
Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied. If the Automatic Addition Condition
is satisfied and the Account being added will contain Receivables which
represent a type of product not previously financed by DFS or is supported by a
Manufacturer that is not an Existing Manufacturer, then such addition is subject
to satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition.

     Each Additional Account must be an Eligible Account at the time of its
addition. However, since Additional Accounts may not have been a part of the
initial portfolio of DFS, they may not be of the same credit quality as the
initial Accounts. Additional Accounts may have been originated by DFS at a later
date using credit criteria different from those which were applied to the
initial Accounts.

          "Automatic Addition Condition" shall mean, with respect to the
     addition of Accounts that (i) during the calendar quarter in which such
     addition occurs, the number of new Accounts for Dealers that are financing
     products of the type already being financed by DFS and purchasing such
     products from Existing Manufacturers does not exceed 5% of the number of
     all Accounts at the end of the preceding calendar quarter, (ii) during the
     twelve months ending at the beginning of such calendar quarter, the number
     of such new Accounts does not exceed 20% of the number of all Accounts at
     the beginning of such twelve month period, (iii) the average for the three
     months preceding the month of such addition of the aggregate balance of
     Receivables that have been SAU or NSF for more than 30 days does not exceed
     1.25% of the Pool Balance at the end of the month preceding the month of
     such addition, and (iv) the annualized average for such three month period
     of the net losses incurred in respect of the Receivables does not exceed
     1.75% of the Pool Balance at the end of the month preceding the month of
     such addition.

          "Existing Manufacturer" shall mean (i) each Manufacturer with which
     DFS has entered into a business arrangement, either through a Floorplan
     Agreement or another arrangement, on or prior to the Series 1994-1 Closing
     Date, (ii) each Manufacturer with which DFS enters into such a business
     arrangement after the Series 1994-1 Closing Date so long as the aggregate
     balances of the Receivables subject to such Floorplan Agreement do not
     exceed the lesser of (a) 1% of the Pool Balance at the beginning of the
     Collection Period in which the addition of the related Account occurs and
     (b) $25 million and (iii) each Manufacturer with which DFS enters into

                                       54
<PAGE>
 
     such a business arrangement after the Series 1994-1 Closing Date and as to
     which the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied.

       "Required Participation Amount" for any date will mean an amount equal to
     the sum of (a) the sum of the product for each Series of (i) the Required
     Participation Percentage for such Series times (ii) the initial invested
     amount of such Series minus the amount of any deposits into its excess
     funding account in connection with a reduction in the Pool Balance plus the
     amount of any withdrawals from its excess funding account in connection
     with an increase in the Pool Balance plus (b) the Trust Available
     Subordinated Amount on the immediately preceding Determination Date (after
     giving effect to the allocations, distributions, withdrawals and deposits
     to be made on the Distribution Date following such Determination Date).

       "Required Participation Percentage" will mean, with respect to Series
     1996-1, ___%, (b) with respect to Series 1994-1, 105% and (c) with respect
     to any future Series, the percentage specified therefor in the related
     Supplement; provided, however, that the Seller may, upon ten days' prior
     notice to the Trustee, each Rating Agency and any Enhancement Provider
     reduce the Required Participation Percentage to not less than 100%, so long
     as the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied.


REMOVAL OF ACCOUNTS; TRANSFERS OF PARTICIPATIONS

     The Seller shall have the right at any time to require the removal from 
the Trust of Eligible Accounts, including all amounts then held by the Trust or
thereafter received by the Trust in respect of the Eligible Accounts to be
removed. To remove any Eligible Account and such amounts, the Seller (or the
Servicer on its behalf) shall, among other things, (a) on or before the fifth
business day prior to the date of removal (the "Removal Date"), furnish to the
Trustee, any Enhancement Provider, and each Rating Agency a written notice (the
"Removal Notice") specifying the Removal Date; (b) on or before the fifth
business day after the Removal Date, the Seller shall have furnished to the
Trustee a computer file, microfiche list or other list of the Accounts (the
"Removed Accounts") that were removed on the Removal Date, specifying for each
Removed Account as of the date of the Removal Notice its number, the aggregate
amount outstanding in such Removed Account and the aggregate amount of
Receivables therein; (c) represent and warrant that the removal of any such
Eligible Account on the Removal Date will not, in the reasonable belief of the
Seller, cause an Early Amortization Event to occur or cause the Pool Balance to
be less than the Required Participation Amount; (d) represent and warrant that
no selection procedures believed by the Seller to be adverse to the interest of
the certificateholders were utilized in selecting the Removed Accounts; (e)
obtain evidence that the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied; and (f) on
or before the related Removal Date, deliver to the Trustee and any Enhancement
Provider an officers' certificate confirming the items set forth in clauses (c),
(d) and (e) above and a Tax Opinion with respect to such removal.

     All Receivables existing in the Removed Accounts will be assigned to the
Seller as of the Removal Date.  On or prior to the tenth business day following
the date on which an Account becomes an Ineligible Account (which date will be
deemed the Removal Date for such Account), the Seller will commence the removal
of such Account from the Trust.  However, all Receivables existing in any such
Account (other than an Account that was an Ineligible Account at the time it was
originally designated as an Account) as of the Removal Date will continue to be
a Trust asset.

     The Seller may cause the Trust to transfer to the Seller a Participation in
the Receivables in one or more Accounts subject to the same limitations
described above with respect to the removal of Accounts, except that the removal
will relate to an undivided percentage interest in the Receivables in an Account
rather than a dollar amount.  The Seller may thereafter transfer such
Participation to other persons.

                                       55
<PAGE>
 
     Accounts that are terminated by their Dealers after they have paid the
related Receivables in full will be deemed to be removed from the Trust without
having to follow the procedures described above.


COLLECTION ACCOUNT

     The Servicer has established and is required to maintain, or cause to be
established and maintained, an Eligible Deposit Account in the name of the
Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, for the benefit of the Seller,
certificateholders of all Series and any Enhancement Providers (the "Collection
Account").  "Eligible Deposit Account" means either (a) a segregated account
with an Eligible Institution or (b) a segregated trust account with the
corporate trust department of a depository institution or trust company
organized under the laws of the United States or any one of the states thereof
(or any domestic branch of a foreign bank), having corporate trust powers and
acting as trustee for funds deposited in such account, so long as any of the
securities of such depository institution or trust company has a credit rating
from each Rating Agency in one of its generic rating categories which signifies
investment grade.  "Eligible Institution" means (a) the corporate trust
department of the Trustee or (b) a depository institution or trust company
organized under the laws of the United States or any one of the states thereof
(or a domestic branch of a foreign bank) which at all times (i) has either (x) a
long-term unsecured debt rating acceptable to each Rating Agency or (y) a
certificate of deposit rating acceptable to each Rating Agency and (ii) is a
member of the FDIC.  Funds in the Collection Account generally will be invested
in investments acceptable to each such Rating Agency as being consistent with
the then-current rating of the certificates (collectively, "Eligible
Investments").  Any earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) on funds in
the Collection Account will be credited to the Collection Account.  The Servicer
will have the revocable power to instruct the Trustee to make withdrawals and
payments from the Collection Account for the purpose of carrying out its duties
under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.


EXCESS FUNDING ACCOUNT

     On each Distribution Date during the Revolving Period, if (a) the Pool
Balance at the end of the preceding Collection Period is less than the Pool
Balance at the end of the second preceding Collection Period and (b) the Pool
Balance at the end of the preceding Collection Period is less than the Required
Participation Amount for such Distribution Date (calculated before giving effect
to any deposits to the Excess Funding Account and any excess funding account for
any other Series in its revolving period to be made on such Distribution Date),
then certain Available Certificateholder Principal Collections will be deposited
in the Excess Funding Account on such Distribution Date. Except as provided
herein under "--Distributions" below, any funds on deposit in the Excess Funding
Account will be withdrawn on a subsequent Distribution Date and paid to the
Seller or allocated to one or more Series which are in amortization, early
amortization or accumulation periods to the extent of any increases in the
Invested Amount as a result of the addition of Receivables to the Trust or, in
certain circumstances, the repayment of other Series under "--Distributions"
below. Under certain circumstances, such deposits in and withdrawals from the
Excess Funding Account may be made on a daily basis. The allocation of
additional Receivables to increase the Invested Amount and the invested amounts
of such other Series will be pro rata based on the proportion that the amount on
deposit in the Excess Funding Account bears to the aggregate amounts in all of
the Trust's excess funding accounts (including the Excess Funding Account) and
similar arrangements for accommodating the fluctuation in the principal balances
of the Receivables. The deposit of amounts into the Excess Funding Account and
the excess funding accounts and such similar arrangements for other Series will
be based on the proportion that the Invested Amount bears to the aggregate of
the invested amounts (including the Invested Amount) for all Series.

     Any funds on deposit in the Excess Funding Account at the beginning of the
Early Amortization Period or the Accumulation Period will be deposited in the
Principal Funding Account. In addition, no funds will be deposited in the Excess
Funding Account during the Accumulation Period or any Early Amortization Period.

                                       56
<PAGE>
 
     Funds on deposit in the Excess Funding Account will be invested by the
Trustee at the direction of the Servicer in investments rated in the highest
short-term category of each Rating Agency or in such other investments that are
acceptable to each Rating Agency. Such investments are required to mature by the
next Distribution Date. On each Distribution Date, all net investment income
earned on amounts in the Excess Funding Account since the preceding Distribution
Date will be withdrawn from the Excess Funding Account and applied as described
herein. See "--Distributions from the Collection Account; Reserve Fund" below.


ALLOCATION PERCENTAGES

     ALLOCATION TO THE CERTIFICATEHOLDERS' INTEREST. The Servicer will allocate
amounts to the Certificateholders' Interest for each Collection Period as
follows:

          (i) Non-Principal Collections and the Defaulted Amount will be
     allocated to Certificateholders based on the Floating Allocation
     Percentage;

          (ii) during the Revolving Period, Principal Collections will be
     allocated to Certificateholders based on the Floating Allocation Percentage
     (subject to the following sentence);

          (iii) during the Accumulation Period and any Early Amortization
     Period, Principal Collections will be allocated to Certificateholders based
     on the Principal Allocation Percentage (subject to the following sentence);
     and

          (iv) Miscellaneous Payments will at all times be allocated to
     Certificateholders on the basis of the Series 1996-1 Allocation
     Percentage.

     With respect to Principal Collections among Series for any Collection
Period, if the sum of (i) the sum of the floating allocation percentages
(including the Floating Allocation Percentage, if applicable) for each Series in
its revolving period and (ii) the principal allocation percentage (including the
Principal Allocation Percentage, if applicable) for each Series in its
amortization, accumulation or early amortization period exceeds 100%, then
Principal Collections for such Collection Period will be allocated among the
Series pro rata on the basis of such floating allocation percentages and
principal allocation percentages. Amounts not allocated to the
Certificateholders as described above will be allocated to the Seller and the
other outstanding Series of certificates, if any.

     "Class A Initial Invested Amount" for any date means the initial principal
amount of the Class A Certificates, which is $________, plus (x) the product of
(i) the Class A Percentage multiplied by (ii) the amount of any withdrawals from
the Excess Funding Account in connection with an increase in Pool Balance since
the Closing Date, minus (y) the product of (i) the Class A Percentage multiplied
by (ii) the amount of any additions to the Excess Funding Account in connection
with a reduction in the Pool Balance since the Closing Date.

     "Class A Invested Amount" for any date means an amount equal to the sum of
(a)(i) the Class A Initial Invested Amount, minus (ii) the aggregate amount of
principal payments made to Class A Certificateholders prior to such date, minus
(iii) the aggregate amount of Class A Investor Charge-Offs for all prior
Distribution Dates, equal to the amount by which the Class A Invested Amount has
been reduced with respect to the Investor Default Amount on all prior
Distribution Dates, plus (b) the aggregate amount of funds applied on all prior
Distribution Dates for the purpose of reimbursing amounts deducted pursuant to
the foregoing clause (iii).

     "Class A Percentage" means the percentage equivalent of a fraction the
numerator of which is the outstanding principal balance of the Class A
Certificates and the denominator of which is the outstanding principal balance
of all Certificates.

                                       57
<PAGE>
 
     "Class B Initial Invested Amount" for any date means the initial principal
amount of the Class B Certificates, which is $________, plus (x) the product of
(i) the Class B Percentage multiplied by (ii) the amount of any withdrawals from
the Excess Funding Account in connection with an increase in Pool Balance since
the Closing Date, minus (y) the product of (i) the Class B Percentage multiplied
by (ii) the amount of any additions to the Excess Funding Account in connection
with a reduction in the Pool Balance since the Closing Date.

     "Class B Invested Amount" for any date means an amount equal to the sum of
(a)(i) the Class B Initial Invested Amount, minus (ii) the aggregate amount of
principal payments made to Class B Certificateholders prior to such date, minus
(iii) the aggregate amount of Class B Investor Charge-Offs for all prior
Distribution Dates, equal to the amount by which the Class B Invested Amount has
been reduced with respect to the Investor Default Amount on all prior
Distribution Dates, plus (b) the aggregate amount of funds applied on all prior
Distribution Dates for the purpose of reimbursing amounts deducted pursuant to
the foregoing clause (iii).

     "Class B Percentage" means the percentage equivalent of a fraction the
numerator of which is the outstanding principal balance of the Class B
Certificates and the denominator of which is the outstanding principal balance
of all Certificates.

     "Class C Initial Invested Amount" for any date means the initial principal
amount of the Class C Certificates, which is $________, plus (x) the product of
(i) the Class C Percentage multiplied by (ii) the amount of any withdrawals from
the Excess Funding Account in connection with an increase in Pool Balance since
the Closing Date, minus (y) the product of (i) the Class C Percentage multiplied
by (ii) the amount of any additions to the Excess Funding Account in connection
with a reduction in the Pool Balance since the Closing Date.

     "Class C Invested Amount" for any date means an amount equal to the sum of
(a) (i) the Class C Initial Invested Amount, minus (ii) the aggregate amount of
principal payments made to Class C Certificateholders prior to such date, minus
(iii) the aggregate amount of Class C Investor Charge-Offs for all prior
Distribution Dates, equal to the amount by which the Class C Invested Amount has
been reduced with respect to the Investor Default Amount on all prior
Distribution Dates, plus (b) the aggregate amount of funds applied on all prior
Distribution Dates for the purpose of reimbursing amounts deducted pursuant to
the foregoing clause (iii).

     "Class C Percentage" means the percentage equivalent of a fraction the
numerator of which is the outstanding principal balance of the Class C
Certificates and the denominator of which is the outstanding principal balance
of all Certificates.

     "Floating Allocation Percentage" for any Collection Period means the
percentage equivalent (which shall never exceed 100%) of a fraction, the
numerator of which is the Invested Amount as of the last day of the immediately
preceding Collection Period and the denominator of which is the Pool Balance as
of such last day; provided, however, that, with respect to the first Collection
Period, the Floating Allocation Percentage shall mean the percentage equivalent
of a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the initial principal
balances of the Certificates and the denominator of which is the Pool Balance on
the Series 1996-1 Cut-Off Date.

     "Invested Amount" means for any date the sum of the Class A Invested
Amount, the Class B Invested Amount and the Class C Invested Amount.

     "Miscellaneous Payments" for any Collection Period means the sum of (a)
Adjustment Payments and Transfer Deposit Amounts received with respect to such
Collection Period and (b) Unallocated Principal Collections on such Distribution
Date available to be treated as Miscellaneous Payments as described below under
"--Principal Collections for all Series."

     "Principal Allocation Percentage" for any Collection Period means the
percentage equivalent (which shall never exceed 100%) of a fraction, the
numerator of which is the Invested Amount as of the last day of the

                                       58
<PAGE>
 
Revolving Period and the denominator of which is the Pool Balance as of the last
day of the immediately preceding Collection Period.

     "Series 1996-1 Allocation Percentage" means, for any Collection Period, the
percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Invested
Amount as of the last day of the immediately preceding Collection Period and the
denominator of which is the Trust Invested Amount as of such last day.

     "Trust Available Subordinated Amount" means the sum of the Available
Subordinated Amount and the aggregate available subordinated amounts for all
other outstanding Series.

     "Trust Invested Amount" means, with respect to any Collection Period, the
sum of the Invested Amount and the invested amounts for all other outstanding
Series.

     The Floating Allocation Percentage and the Principal Allocation Percentage
will be adjusted for any Collection Period in which Additional Accounts are
designated to reflect the additional Receivables added to the Trust.

     PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS FOR ALL SERIES. Principal Collections allocated to
the Certificateholders' Interest, for any Collection Period with respect to the
Accumulation Period or any Early Amortization Period, will first be allocated to
make required payments of principal to the Principal Funding Account during the
Accumulation Period and to the Certificateholders during the Early Amortization
Period. See "--Distributions from the Collection Account; Reserve Fund--
Principal Collections" and "--Distributions." The Servicer will determine the
amount of Available Certificateholder Principal Collections for any Collection
Period remaining after such required payments and the amount of any similar
excess for any other Series ("Excess Principal Collections"). The Servicer will
allocate Excess Principal Collections to cover any principal distributions to
certificateholders for any Series which are either scheduled or permitted and
which have not been covered out of Principal Collections and certain other
amounts allocated to such Series ("Principal Shortfalls"). Excess Principal
Collections will generally not be used to cover investor charge-offs for any
Series. Any such reallocation will not result in a reduction in the invested
amount of the Series to which such collections were initially allocated. This
feature permits amounts that may otherwise be payable to the holder of the
Seller's Certificate to be used for the benefit of Series of certificates that
would otherwise experience a shortfall or delay in the payment of principal
thereon. If Principal Shortfalls exceed Excess Principal Collections for any
Collection Period, Excess Principal Collections will be allocated pro rata among
the applicable Series based on the relative amounts of Principal Shortfalls. To
the extent that Excess Principal Collections exceed Principal Shortfalls, the
balance will be paid to the Seller if the Seller's Participation Amount
(determined after giving effect to any Principal Receivables transferred to the
Trust on such date) exceeds the Trust Available Subordinated Amount for the
immediately preceding Determination Date (after giving effect to the
allocations, distributions, withdrawals and deposits to be made on the
Distribution Date immediately following such Determination Date). Any amount not
allocated to the Seller because the Seller's Participation Amount does not
exceed the Trust Available Subordinated Amount will be held unallocated
("Unallocated Principal Collections") until the Seller's Participation Amount
exceeds the Trust Available Subordinated Amount, at which time such amount will
be allocated to the Seller, or until an early amortization event occurs or an
amortization period commences for any Series, after which such amount will be
treated as a Miscellaneous Payment.


DISCOUNT FACTOR

     While finance charges are payable on the Receivables generally, finance
charges will not begin to accrue on a portion of the Receivables until a certain
period of time has elapsed after their origination.  Therefore, in order to
create imputed interest in respect of such Receivables for their non-interest
bearing period and for administrative uniformity in accounting for Collections,
a portion of the Collections on each Receivable that is not part of the finance
charges, if any, paid on that Receivable will be treated as Non-Principal
Collections.  The portion of the

                                       59
<PAGE>
 
balance of a Receivable that will be treated as a finance charge when such
Receivable is collected will be equal to the product of the balance of such
Receivable times the discount factor (the "Discount Factor") in effect at the
time of the collection of such Receivable.

     As of the Series 1996-1 Cut-Off Date, the Discount Factor was 0.40% and
will be adjusted as described in this paragraph. If on any Distribution Date the
Net Receivables Rate for such Distribution Date less (i) the weighted average of
the certificate rates (as determined below in this paragraph) for all
outstanding Series of certificates for such Distribution Date less (ii) the
annualized Net Loss Rate (as defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement) for
the preceding twelve Collection Periods is less than 1%, then the Discount
Factor for such Distribution Date shall be adjusted upwards, rounded up to the
nearest 0.1% (but in no event will the Discount Factor exceed 1%), so that the
Net Receivables Rate less the rate in clause (i) less the rate in clause (ii)
shall be equal to 1%; and the Discount Factor shall remain at such adjusted
percentage amount until it is further adjusted by the terms of this sentence or
either of the following two sentences. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Seller, at its discretion, may increase or decrease the Discount Factor, but in
no event shall the Discount Factor exceed 1% or be less than the percentage
amount required by the immediately preceding sentence or be greater than the
percentage amount required by the next sentence. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
if the application of the Discount Factor would cause the Pool Balance to be
less than the Required Participation Amount, then the Discount Factor shall be
the percentage (which shall in no event be less than 0%), rounded down to the
nearest 0.1%, which, when applied, will cause the Pool Balance to at least equal
the Required Participation Amount. For purposes of this definition, (i) if a
certificate rate is calculated as the lesser of (x) a fixed rate or a formula
rate and (y) the Net Receivables Rate, then such certificate rate shall be the
rate in clause (x) and (ii) if an interest rate swap agreement provides the
interest distributable on a Series or Class of certificates then the certificate
rate for such Series or Class of certificates shall be the interest rate payable
to the related swap counterparty.


ALLOCATION OF COLLECTIONS; DEPOSITS IN COLLECTION ACCOUNT; LIMITED SUBORDINATION
OF SELLER'S INTEREST

     The Servicer, no later than two business days after the processing date,
will deposit all collections received with respect to the Receivables
(excluding, with certain exceptions, certain portions thereof allocable to the
Seller) in each Collection Period into the Collection Account. Notwithstanding
the foregoing requirement for daily deposits, for so long as (i) DFS remains the
Servicer under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, (ii) no Servicer Default has
occurred and is continuing and (iii) (x) DFS arranges for and maintains a letter
of credit or other form of Enhancement in respect of the Servicer's obligation
to make deposits of collections on the Receivables in the Collection Account
that is acceptable in form and substance to each Rating Agency or (y) DFS
otherwise obtains each Rating Agency confirmation described below, then, subject
to any limitations in the confirmations referred to below, DFS need not deposit
collections into the Collection Account on the day indicated in the preceding
sentence until the business day immediately preceding the related Distribution
Date, at which time DFS will make such deposits in an amount equal to the net
amount of such deposits and withdrawals which would have been made had the
conditions of this sentence not applied; provided, however, that prior to
ceasing daily deposits as described above the Seller shall have delivered to the
Trustee evidence that the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied. Until such
Collections are deposited into the Collection Account, such funds may be used by
the Servicer for its own benefit, and the proceeds of any short-term investment
of such funds will accrue to the Servicer. During such times as the Servicer
holds collections and is permitted to use such funds for its own benefit, the
Certificateholders are subject to risk of loss, including risk resulting from
the bankruptcy or insolvency of the Servicer. The Servicer will pay no fee to
the Trust or any Certificateholder for any use by the Servicer of funds
representing collections on the Receivables.

     In addition, during any Collection Period the Servicer will generally be
required to deposit Non-Principal Collections and Principal Collections into the
Collection Account only to the extent of, without duplication, the distributions
required to be made to certificateholders, the amounts required to be deposited
into any deposit, trust, reserve or similar account maintained for the benefit
of certificateholders and the amounts required to be paid to

                                       60
<PAGE>
 
any Enhancement Provider on the Distribution Date relating to such Collection
Period and if, at any time prior to such Distribution Date, the amount of
collections deposited in the Collection Account exceeds the amount required to
be deposited, the Servicer will be permitted to withdraw such excess from the
Collection Account. In addition, as an administrative convenience, the Servicer
will be permitted to make the deposit of Non-Principal Collections, Principal
Collections and other amounts net of distributions or payments to be made to the
Servicer on such date. However, the Servicer will account for such deposits,
distributions and payments as if they were made individually.

     In respect of any date on which collections are made, the Servicer will
distribute directly to the Seller an amount equal to (a) the Excess Seller's
Percentage for the related Collection Period of Non-Principal Collections for
such date and (b) the Excess Seller's Percentage for the related Collection
Period of Principal Collections for such date, if the Seller's Participation
Amount (determined after giving effect to any Principal Receivables transferred
to the Trust on such date) exceeds the Trust Available Subordinated Amount for
the immediately preceding Determination Date (after giving effect to the
allocations, distributions, withdrawals and deposits to be made on the
Distribution Date immediately following such Determination Date). In addition,
during the Revolving Period, subject to certain limitations, the Servicer will
distribute directly to the Seller in respect of each such date an amount equal
to the Available Seller's Principal Collections for such date, if the Seller's
Participation Amount (determined after giving effect to any Principal
Receivables transferred to the Trust on such date) exceeds the Trust Available
Subordinated Amount for the immediately preceding Determination Date (after
giving effect to the allocations, distributions, withdrawals and deposits to be
made on the Distribution Date immediately following such Determination Date).

          "Available Seller's Collections" for any date means the sum of (a) the
     Available Seller's Non-Principal Collections for such date and (b) the
     Available Seller's Principal Collections for such date; provided, however,
     that the Available Seller's Collections will be zero for any Collection
     Period with respect to which the Available Subordinated Amount is zero on
     the Determination Date immediately following the end of such Collection
     Period.

          "Available Seller's Non-Principal Collections" for any date means an
     amount equal to the result obtained by multiplying (a) the excess of (i)
     the Seller's Percentage for the related Collection Period over (ii) the
     Excess Seller's Percentage for such Collection Period by (b) Non-Principal
     Collections for such date.

          "Available Seller's Principal Collections" for any date means an
     amount equal to the product of (a) the excess of (i) the Seller's
     Percentage for the related Collection Period over (ii) the Excess Seller's
     Percentage for such Collection Period and (b) Principal Collections for
     such date.

          "Excess Seller's Percentage" for any Collection Period means a
     percentage (which percentage shall never be less than 0% nor more than
     100%) equal to (a) when used with respect to Non-Principal Collections and
     Defaulted Receivables, 100% minus the sum of (i) the aggregate of the
     floating allocation percentages for each outstanding Series with respect to
     such Collection Period and (ii) the percentage equivalent of a fraction,
     the numerator of which is the aggregate of the available subordinated
     amounts for each outstanding Series as of the Determination Date occurring
     in such Collection Period (after giving effect to the allocations,
     distributions, withdrawals and deposits to be made on the Distribution Date
     immediately following such Determination Date), and the denominator of
     which is the Pool Balance as of the last day of the immediately preceding
     Collection Period and (b) when used with respect to Principal Collections,
     100% minus the sum of (i) the sum of the aggregate of the principal
     allocation percentages for each outstanding Series in its amortization,
     accumulation or early amortization period with respect to such Collection
     Period and the aggregate of the floating allocation percentages for each
     outstanding Series in its revolving period with respect to such Collection
     Period and (ii) the percentage described in clause (a) (ii) above for such
     Collection Period.

                                      61
<PAGE>
 
          "Seller's Participation Amount" for any date means an amount equal to
     the Pool Balance on such date minus the aggregate of invested amounts for
     all outstanding Series on such date minus certain adjustments by the
     Servicer to Receivables described in the first sentence of the last
     paragraph under "--Defaulted Receivables and Recoveries" below.

          "Seller's Percentage" means 100% minus (a) when used with respect to
     Non-Principal Collections and Defaulted Receivables, the aggregate of the
     floating allocation percentages for each outstanding Series (including the
     Certificates), and (b) when used with respect to Principal Collections, the
     sum of (i) the aggregate of the floating allocation percentages for each
     outstanding Series (including the Certificates, if applicable) in its
     revolving period and (ii) the aggregate of the principal allocation
     percentages for each outstanding Series (including the Certificates, if
     applicable) in its amortization, accumulation or early amortization period,
     but in each case shall not be less than 0%.

     DEFICIENCY AMOUNT.  On each Determination Date, the Servicer will determine
for the Certificates the amount (the "Deficiency Amount"), if any, by which (a)
the sum of (i) Monthly Interest for the following Distribution Date, (ii) any
Monthly Interest previously due but not deposited in the Interest Funding
Account on a prior Distribution Date, (iii) Additional Interest, if any, for
such Distribution Date and any Additional Interest previously due but not
deposited into the Interest Funding Account on a prior Distribution Date, but
only to the extent permitted by applicable law, (iv) the Monthly Servicing Fee
for such Distribution Date, (v) the Investor Default Amount for such
Distribution Date, and (vi) the amount of any Adjustment Payment allocated to
the Certificates for such Distribution Date that has not been deposited in the
Collection Account as required under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement exceeds
(b) the sum of (i) Certificateholder Non-Principal Collections and Investment
Proceeds deposited into the Collection Account for such Distribution Date and
(ii) the amount of funds in the Reserve Fund on such Distribution Date available
to fund the amount by which the amount in clause (a) exceeds the amount in
clause (b) (i) as described under "--Distributions from the Collection Account;
Reserve Fund--Non-Principal Collections" below. The lesser of the Deficiency
Amount and the Available Subordinated Amount is the "Required Subordination Draw
Amount."

     MONTHLY INTEREST.  "Monthly Interest" for any Distribution Date shall mean
an amount equal to the sum of the Class A Monthly Interest, the Class B Monthly
Interest and the Class C Monthly Interest.

          "Class A Monthly Interest" on any Distribution Date shall be an amount
     equal to the product of (i) the Class A Certificate Rate, (ii) a fraction
     the numerator of which is the actual number of days in the related Interest
     Period and the denominator of which is 360, and (iii) the outstanding
     principal balance of the Class A Certificates as of the close of business
     on the preceding Distribution Date (after giving effect to all repayments
     of principal made to Class A Certificateholders on such preceding
     Distribution Date, if any); provided, however, with respect to the first
     Distribution Date, Class A Monthly Interest shall be equal to
     [$___________].

          "Class B Monthly Interest" on any Distribution Date shall be an amount
     equal to the product of (i) the Class B Certificate Rate, (ii) a fraction
     the numerator of which is the actual number of days in the related Interest
     Period and the denominator of which is 360, and (iii) the outstanding
     principal balance of the Class B Certificates as of the close of business
     on the preceding Distribution Date (after giving effect to all repayments
     of principal made to Class B Certificateholders on such preceding
     Distribution Date, if any); provided, however, with respect to the first
     Distribution Date, Class B Monthly Interest shall be equal to
     [$___________].

          "Class C Monthly Interest" on any Distribution Date shall be an amount
     equal to the product of (i) the Class C Certificate Rate, (ii) a fraction
     the numerator of which is the actual number of days in the related Interest
     Period and the denominator of which is 360, and (iii) the outstanding
     principal balance of the Class C Certificates as of the close of business
     on the preceding Distribution Date (after giving effect

                                      62
<PAGE>
 
          to all repayments of principal made to Class C Certificateholders on
          such preceding Distribution Date, if any); provided, however, with
          respect to the first Distribution Date, Class C Monthly Interest shall
          be equal to [$___________].

     ADDITIONAL INTEREST.  "Additional Interest" for any Distribution Date shall
mean an amount equal to the sum of the Class A Additional Interest, the Class B
Additional Interest and the Class C Additional Interest.

     On the Determination Date preceding each Distribution Date, the Servicer
shall determine the excess, if any (the "Class A Interest Shortfall"), of (x)
the aggregate Class A Monthly Interest for the Interest Period applicable to
such Distribution Date over (y) the amount which will be available to be
deposited in the Interest Funding Account on such Distribution Date in respect
thereof pursuant to the Supplement relating to Series 1996-1. If, on any
Distribution Date, an amount covering any Class A Interest Shortfall for any
prior Distribution Date shall not have been deposited into the Interest Funding
Account, then an additional amount ("Class A Additional Interest") equal to the
product of (i) the Class A Certificate Rate, (ii) a fraction the numerator of
which is the actual number of days in the related Interest Period and the
denominator of which is 360, and (iii) such Class A Interest Shortfall (or the
portion thereof which has not been paid or deposited in the Interest Funding
Account) shall be payable as described herein with respect to the Class A
Certificates on each Distribution Date following such Distribution Date to and
including the Distribution Date on which such Class A Interest Shortfall is paid
or deposited in the Interest Funding Account. See "--Distribution from the
Collection Account; Reserve Fund -- Non-Principal Collections" below. Class A
Additional Interest shall be payable to the Interest Funding Account or
distributed to Class A Certificateholders only to the extent permitted by
applicable law.

     On the Determination Date preceding each Distribution Date, the Servicer
shall determine the excess, if any (the "Class B Interest Shortfall"), of (x)
the aggregate Class B Monthly Interest for the Interest Period applicable to
such Distribution Date over (y) the amount which will be available to be
deposited in the Interest Funding Account on such Distribution Date in respect
thereof pursuant to the Supplement relating to Series 1996-1. If, on any
Distribution Date, an amount covering any Class B Interest Shortfall for any
prior Distribution Date shall not have been deposited into the Interest Funding
Account, then an additional amount ("Class B Additional Interest") equal to the
product of (i) the Class B Certificate Rate, (ii) a fraction the numerator of
which is the actual number of days in the related Interest Period and the
denominator of which is 360, and (iii) such Class B Interest Shortfall (or the
portion thereof which has not been paid or deposited in the Interest Funding
Account) shall be payable as described herein with respect to the Class B
Certificates on each Distribution Date following such Distribution Date to and
including the Distribution Date on which such Class B Interest Shortfall is paid
or deposited in the Interest Funding Account. See "--Distribution from the
Collection Account; Reserve Fund -- Non-Principal Collections" below. Class B
Additional Interest shall be payable to the Interest Funding Account or
distributed to Class B Certificateholders only to the extent permitted by
applicable law.

     On the Determination Date preceding each Distribution Date, the Servicer
shall determine the excess, if any (the "Class C Interest Shortfall"), of (x)
the aggregate Class C Monthly Interest for the Interest Period applicable to
such Distribution Date over (y) the amount which will be available to be
deposited in the Interest Funding Account on such Distribution Date in respect
thereof pursuant to the Supplement relating to Series 1996-1. If, on any
Distribution Date, an amount covering any Class C Interest Shortfall for any
prior Distribution Date shall not have been deposited into the Interest Funding
Account, then an additional amount ("Class C Additional Interest") equal to the
product of (i) the Class C Certificate Rate, (ii) a fraction the numerator of
which is the actual number of days in the related Interest Period and the
denominator of which is 360, and (iii) such Class C Interest Shortfall (or the
portion thereof which has not been paid or deposited in the Interest Funding
Account) shall be payable as provided herein with respect to the Class C
Certificates on each Distribution Date following such Distribution Date to and
including the Distribution Date on which such Class C Interest Shortfall is paid
or deposited in the Interest Funding Account. See "--Distribution from the
Collection Account; Reserve Fund -- Non-Principal Collections" below. Class C
Additional Interest shall be payable to the Interest Funding Account or
distributed to Class C Certificateholders only to the extent permitted by
applicable law.

                                      63
<PAGE>
 
     AVAILABLE SUBORDINATED AMOUNT.  The "Available Subordinated Amount" for a
Determination Date is equal to the sum of (a) (i) the result of (x) a fraction,
the numerator of which is the Invested Amount on the last day of the immediately
preceding Collection Period (or with respect to the first Determination Date
with respect to Series 1996-1, the Invested Amount on the issuance date for
Series 1996-1), and the denominator of which is the Pool Balance on such last
day multiplied by (y) the Trust Incremental Subordinated Amount, minus (ii) with
certain limitations, the aggregate of the Required Subordination Draw Amounts
for all preceding Distribution Dates, minus (iii) funds from the Reserve Fund
applied to cover any portion of the Investor Default Amount, plus (b) the amount
of Excess Servicing paid to the Seller as described below under "--Distributions
from the Collection Account; Reserve Fund--Excess Servicing"; provided that the
Available Subordinated Amount for a Determination Date shall not exceed the
amount calculated as described in clause (a)(i) above on such Determination
Date.

     "Incremental Default Amount" on any Determination Date equals (a) the
Overconcentration Default Amount on such Determination Date minus (b) the full
amount of any Defaulted Receivables included in the definition of
Overconcentration Default Amount which are subject to a reassignment or
assignment to the Seller or the Servicer in accordance with the terms of the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement (but not less than zero); provided, however,
that, if certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or receivership have occurred
with respect to the Seller, the amount of such Defaulted Receivables which are
subject to reassignment to the Seller will not be so subtracted and, if certain
events of bankruptcy, insolvency or receivership have occurred with respect to
the Servicer, the amount of such Defaulted Receivables which are subject to
assignment to the Servicer will not be so subtracted.

     "Overconcentration Default Amount" on any Determination Date means the
lesser of (a) the aggregate amount of Receivables which became Defaulted
Receivables during such Collection Period and which arose in an Account that is
included in the calculation of the Overconcentration Amount and (b) the
Overconcentration Amount on such Determination Date.

     "Trust Incremental Subordinated Amount" on any Determination Date equals
the excess, if any, of (a) the Overconcentration Amount on such Determination
Date over (b) the Incremental Default Amount for such Determination Date.


DISTRIBUTIONS FROM THE COLLECTION ACCOUNT; RESERVE FUND

     NON-PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS.  On each Distribution Date, the Trustee will
apply Certificateholder Non-Principal Collections and Investment Proceeds, if
any, deposited into the Collection Account in respect the related Collection
Period to make the following distributions in the following order of priority:

          (i)  an amount equal to Class A Monthly Interest for such Distribution
     Date, plus the amount of any Class A Monthly Interest previously due but
     not distributed on a prior Distribution Date (plus, but only to the extent
     permitted under applicable law, the amount of any Class A Additional
     Interest for such Distribution Date and any Class A Additional Interest
     previously due but not distributed), shall be deposited to the Interest
     Funding Account;

          (ii)  an amount equal to Class B Monthly Interest for such
     Distribution Date, plus the amount of any Class B Monthly Interest
     previously due but not distributed on a prior Distribution Date (plus, but
     only to the extent permitted under applicable law, the amount of any Class
     B Additional Interest for such Distribution Date and any Class B Additional
     Interest previously due but not distributed), shall be deposited in the
     Interest Funding Account;

          (iii)  an amount equal to Class C Monthly Interest for such
     Distribution Date, plus the amount of any Class C Monthly Interest
     previously due but not distributed on a prior Distribution Date (plus, but
     only to the extent permitted under applicable law, the amount of any Class
     C Additional Interest for such

                                      64
<PAGE>
 
     Distribution Date and any Class C Additional Interest previously due but
     not distributed), shall be deposited in the Interest Funding Account;

          (iv)  an amount equal to the Monthly Servicing Fee for such
     Distribution Date shall be distributed to the Servicer (unless such amount
     has been netted against deposits to the Collection Account as described
     above or waived as described below);

          (v)  an amount equal to the Reserve Fund Deposit Amount, if any, for
     such Distribution Date shall be deposited in the Reserve Fund;

          (vi)  an amount equal to the Investor Default Amount, if any, for such
     Distribution Date shall be treated as a portion of Available
     Certificateholder Principal Collections for such Distribution Date;

          (vii) any Class A Carry-over Amount, Class B Carry-over Amount or
     Class C Carry-over Amount not previously distributed shall be deposited to
     the Interest Funding Account; and

          (viii)  the balance, if any, shall constitute Excess Servicing.

     If such Certificateholder Non-Principal Collections and Investment Proceeds
are not sufficient to make the entire distributions required by clauses (i),
(ii), (iii) and (iv), the Trustee shall withdraw funds from the Reserve Fund and
apply such funds, to the extent available, to complete the distributions
pursuant to such clauses in the numerical order thereof.

     If there is a Required Subordination Draw Amount for such Distribution
Date, the Servicer will apply or cause the Trustee to apply the Available
Seller's Collections on deposit in the Collection Account on such Distribution
Date, but only up to the amount of the Required Subordination Draw Amount, to
make up the shortfall in the distributions required by clauses (i) - (iv) and
(vi) above and that have not been made through the application of funds from the
Reserve Fund. Any such Available Seller's Collections remaining after the
application thereof pursuant to the preceding sentence will be treated as a
portion of Available Certificateholder Principal Collections for such
Distribution Date and applied as described under "--Principal Collections"
below, but only up to the amount of unpaid Adjustment Payments allocated to
Series 1996-1. The amount of the Available Seller's Collections applied in
accordance with the two preceding sentences will reduce the Available
Subordinated Amount. If the Required Subordination Draw Amount exceeds Available
Seller's Collections for such Distribution Date, the Available Subordinated
Amount will be further reduced by the amount of such excess, but not by more
than the sum of (x) the Investor Default Amount and (y) the amount of unpaid
Adjustment Payments allocated to Series 1996-1. If for such Distribution Date
the sum of the Required Subordination Draw Amount and the aggregate of the
required subordination draw amounts for all other Series outstanding exceeds the
Available Seller's Collections on deposit in the Collection Account on such
Distribution Date, then such Available Seller's Collections will be allocated to
such Series (including Series 1994-1 and Series 1996-1) pro rata on the basis
of such required subordination draw amounts (including the Required
Subordination Draw Amount).

          "Certificateholder Non-Principal Collections" for any Distribution
     Date means the portion of Non-Principal Collections for the related
     Collection Period allocated to the Certificateholders' Interest as
     described under "--Allocation Percentages--Allocation to the
     Certificateholders' Interest."

          "Excess Servicing" for any Distribution Date means the amount
     described in clause (viii) above.

          "Investment Proceeds" for any Distribution Date means an amount equal
     to the sum of (a) the net investment earnings credited to the Collection
     Account on the related Determination Date with respect to funds held in the
     Interest Funding Account, the Principal Funding Account, the Excess Funding
     Account and the Reserve Fund and (b) the Series 1996-1 Allocation
     Percentage of net investment earnings credited

                                      65
<PAGE>
 
     to the Collection Account on the related Determination Date with respect to
     funds held in the Collection Account.


     RESERVE FUND. An Eligible Deposit Account will be established and
maintained in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Certificateholders
(the "Reserve Fund"). No deposit will be made into the Reserve Fund prior to the
first Distribution Date. The "Reserve Fund Required Amount" means an amount
which upon any Distribution Date will equal ____% of the Class C Invested Amount
as of such Distribution Date (after giving effect to any change therein on such
Distribution Date). If, after giving effect to the allocations, distributions
and deposits in the Reserve Fund described above under "--Non-Principal
Collections," the amount in the Reserve Fund is less than the Reserve Fund
Required Amount, the Trustee shall deposit any remaining Certificateholder Non-
Principal Collections and Investment Proceeds (to the extent available pursuant
to clause (v) under "--Non-Principal Collections" above) for the related
Collection Period into the Reserve Fund until the amount in the Reserve Fund is
equal to such Reserve Fund Required Amount. The "Reserve Fund Deposit Amount" is
the amount, if any, by which the Reserve Fund Required Amount exceeds the amount
on deposit in the Reserve Fund. Funds in the Reserve Fund will be invested in
the same manner in which funds in the Collection Account may be invested. On
each Determination Date, the Servicer will credit to the Collection Account any
investment earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) with respect to the
Reserve Fund. After the earlier of the payment in full of the outstanding
principal balance of the Certificates and the Termination Date, any funds
remaining on deposit in the Reserve Fund will be paid to the Seller.

     EXCESS SERVICING.  On each Distribution Date, the Servicer will allocate
Excess Servicing with respect to the Collection Period immediately preceding
such Distribution Date, in the following order of priority:

          (a) an amount equal to the aggregate amount of Investor Charge-Offs
     which have not been previously reimbursed (after giving effect to the
     allocation on such Distribution Date of Series 1996-1 Allocation
     Percentage of Miscellaneous Payments with respect to such Distribution
     Date) will be paid to Certificateholders in reimbursement of such Investor
     Charge-Offs as described under "--Investor Charge-Offs" below;

          (b) an amount equal to the aggregate outstanding amounts of the
     Monthly Servicing Fee which have been previously waived as described under
     "--Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses" will be distributed to
     the Servicer; and

          (c)  the balance, if any, shall be distributed to the Seller.

     PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS. On each Distribution Date, the Servicer will
allocate Available Certificateholder Principal Collections as follows:

          (a) for each Distribution Date with respect to the Revolving Period,
     all Available Certificateholder Principal Collections will be allocated,
     first, if (i) the Pool Balance at the end of the preceding Collection
     Period is less than the Pool Balance at the end of the second preceding
     Collection Period and (ii) the Pool Balance at the end of the preceding
     Collection Period is less than the Required Participation Amount for such
     Distribution Date (calculated before giving effect to any deposits to the
     Excess Funding Account and any excess funding account for any other Series
     in their revolving periods to be made on such Distribution Date), then the
     Servicer will cause to be deposited into the Excess Funding Account an
     amount which will reduce the Invested Amount such that, together with the
     deposits to the excess funding accounts (and the resulting reductions in
     the invested amounts) for other outstanding Series in their revolving
     periods for such Distribution Date, the Pool Balance is equal to the
     Required Participation Amount and, second,

                                       66
<PAGE>
 
     to Excess Principal Collections as described under "--Allocation
     Percentages--Principal Collections for all Series"; and

          (b) for each Distribution Date with respect to the Accumulation Period
     or any Early Amortization Period: (i) an amount equal to Monthly Principal
     for such Distribution Date will be deposited to the Principal Funding
     Account; and (ii) during the Accumulation Period, the balance, if any, will
     be allocated to Excess Principal Collections.

     In the event that the Invested Amount is greater than zero on the
Termination Date, any funds remaining in the Reserve Fund (after the application
of funds in the Reserve Fund as described above under "--Non-Principal
Collections") will be treated as a portion of Available Certificateholder
Principal Collections for the Distribution Date occurring on the Termination
Date.

          "Available Certificateholder Principal Collections" for any
     Distribution Date means the sum of (a) the product of (i) the Floating
     Allocation Percentage, with respect to the Revolving Period, or the
     Principal Allocation Percentage, with respect to the Accumulation Period or
     any Early Amortization Period, for the related Collection Period and (ii)
     Principal Collections for the related Collection Period, (b) the amount, if
     any, of Non-Principal Collections, funds in the Reserve Fund, Excess
     Servicing and Available Seller's Collections allocated to cover the
     Investor Default Amount or reimburse Investor Charge-Offs, (c) the Series
     1996-1 Allocation Percentage of Miscellaneous Payments on deposit in the
     Collection Account for such Distribution Date and (d) Excess Principal
     Collections, if any, from other Series allocated to Series 1996-1.

          "Controlled Amortization Amount" means an amount equal to the Invested
     Amount as of the date the Accumulation Period Length is determined (after
     giving effect to any changes therein on such date) divided by the number of
     months comprising the Accumulation Period Length.

          "Controlled Distribution Amount" for a Distribution Date means the
     excess, if any, of (i) the product of the Controlled Amortization Amount
     and the number of Distribution Dates with respect to the Accumulation
     Period through and including such Distribution Date over (ii) the amount on
     deposit in the Excess Funding Account and the Principal Funding Account
     (including any amounts deposited therein from the Excess Funding Account),
     before giving effect to any withdrawals from or deposits to such accounts
     on such Distribution Date.

          "Monthly Principal" with respect to any Distribution Date relating to
     the Accumulation Period or any Early Amortization Period will equal
     Available Certificateholder Principal Collections for such Distribution
     Date; provided, however, that for each Distribution Date with respect to
     the Accumulation Period, Monthly Principal may not exceed the Controlled
     Distribution Amount for such Distribution Date; and provided, further, that
     Monthly Principal will not exceed the aggregate outstanding principal
     balances of the Certificates.


INTEREST FUNDING ACCOUNT

     The Servicer will establish and maintain in the name of the Trustee, on
behalf of the Trust, an Eligible Deposit Account for the benefit of the
Certificateholders (the "Interest Funding Account"). On each Distribution Date
Monthly Interest will be deposited in the Interest Funding Account as provided
above under "--Distributions from the Collection Account; Reserve Fund."

     All amounts on deposit in the Interest Funding Account on any Distribution
Date (after giving effect to distributions to be made on such Distribution Date)
(the "Interest Funding Account Balance") will be invested from

                                       67
<PAGE>
 
the date of their deposit to a date on or prior to the next succeeding
Distribution Date by the Trustee at the direction of the Servicer in Eligible
Investments.  On each Distribution Date, the interest and other investment
income on the Interest Funding Account Balance will be paid to the Collection
Account and distributed on such Distribution Date.


PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT

     The Servicer will establish and maintain in the name of the Trustee, on
behalf of the Trust, an Eligible Deposit Account for the benefit of the
Certificateholders (the "Principal Funding Account"). On each Distribution Date
with respect to the Accumulation Period, Monthly Principal will be deposited in
the Principal Funding Account as provided above under "--Distributions from the
Collection Account; Reserve Fund"; provided that if an Early Amortization Event
occurs during the Accumulation Period (unless, in limited circumstances with
respect to the required addition of Accounts, such Early Amortization Event
shall have been cured), the Principal Funding Account Balance (as defined below)
shall be paid to the Certificateholders on the first Distribution Date
thereafter.

     All amounts on deposit in the Principal Funding Account on any Distribution
Date (after giving effect to distributions to be made on such Distribution Date)
(the "Principal Funding Account Balance") will be invested from the date of
their deposit to a date on or prior to the succeeding Distribution Date by the
Trustee at the direction of the Servicer in Eligible Investments. On each
Distribution Date, the interest and other investment income on the Principal
Funding Account Balance will be applied as provided above under "--Distributions
from the Collection Account; Reserve Fund."


DISTRIBUTIONS

     Payments to Certificateholders will be made from the Interest Funding
Account, the Principal Funding Account and the Excess Funding Account. The
Servicer shall instruct the Trustee to apply the funds on deposit in the
Interest Funding Account, the Principal Funding Account and the Excess Funding
Account and shall instruct the Trustee to make, without duplication, the
following distributions:

          (a) On each Distribution Date, available amounts on deposit in the
     Interest Funding Account other than Investment Proceeds shall be
     distributed in the following order of priority:

          (i)  to the Class A Certificateholders, an amount equal to Class A
     Monthly Interest for such Distribution Date, plus the amount of any Class A
     Monthly Interest previously due but not distributed on a prior Distribution
     Date (plus, but only to the extent permitted under applicable law, the
     amount of any Class A Additional Interest for such Distribution Date and
     any Class A Additional Interest previously due but not distributed);

          (ii)  to the Class B Certificateholders, an amount equal to Class B
     Monthly Interest for such Distribution Date, plus the amount of any Class B
     Monthly Interest previously due but not distributed on a prior Distribution
     Date (plus, but only to the extent permitted under applicable law, the
     amount of any Class B Additional Interest for such Distribution Date and
     any Class B Additional Interest previously due but not distributed):

          (iii)  to the Class C Certificateholders, an amount equal to Class C
     Monthly Interest for such Distribution Date, plus the amount of any Class C
     Monthly Interest previously due but not distributed on a prior Distribution
     Date (plus, but only to the extent permitted under applicable law, the
     amount of any Class C Additional Interest for such Distribution Date and
     any Class C Additional Interest previously due but not distributed);

                                       68
<PAGE>
 
               (iv)  to the Class A Certificateholders, any Carry-over Amount on
          the Class A Certificates;

               (v)  to the Class B Certificateholders, any Carry-over Amount on
          the Class B Certificates; and

               (vi)  to the Class C Certificateholders, any Carry-over Amount on
          the Class C Certificates.

          (b) On each Distribution Date during an Early Amortization Period and
     on any other Distribution Date after the end of the Accumulation Period,
     the amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account, the Principal Funding
     Account and (after the payment of accrued interest and Carry-over Amounts
     on the Certificates as described in paragraph (a) above) any amounts in the
     Interest Funding Account shall be distributed to the Class A, Class B and
     Class C Certificateholders in that order up to a maximum amount on any such
     date equal to the excess of the outstanding principal balance of the Class
     A, Class B and Class C Certificates, as applicable, over unreimbursed Class
     A, Class B and Class C Investor Charge-Offs, as applicable, each on such
     date.


DEFAULTED RECEIVABLES AND RECOVERIES

     "Defaulted Receivables" on any Determination Date are (i) all Receivables
(other than all Ineligible Receivables) which were charged off as uncollectible
in respect of the immediately preceding Collection Period and (ii) all
Receivables which were Eligible Receivables when transferred to the Trust, which
arose in an Account which became an Ineligible Account after the date of
transfer of such Receivables to the Trust and which remained outstanding for any
six consecutive Determination Dates thereafter. DFS's charge-off policy is based
on SAU/NSF aging. For pay-as-sold accounts, receivables which are coded as
SAU/NSF are charged off at the end of the month in which such receivables had
been so coded for at least 181 days. For delinquent scheduled payment accounts,
DFS performs inventory inspections to evaluate its collateral position with the
related Dealer as DFS deems necessary. If the inspection reveals an
uncollateralized position, the shortage is coded SAU. The SAU will be charged
off on or before 181 days. "SAU" is the code on DFS's servicing records
representing the unpaid portion of a receivable balance as to which the related
Product has been sold but not paid in full. DFS's "NSF" code represents checks
from customers returned for insufficient funds. DFS's charge-off policy may
change over time.

     The "Defaulted Amount" for any Collection Period will be an amount (which
shall not be less than zero) equal to (a) the principal amount (exclusive of the
discounted portion that, if collected, would have been treated as a Non-
Principal Collection) of Receivables that became Defaulted Receivables during
the preceding Collection Period less (b) the full amount (exclusive of such
discounted portion) of any Defaulted Receivables subject to reassignment to the
Seller or purchase by the Servicer for such Collection Period unless certain
events of bankruptcy, insolvency, or receivership have occurred with respect to
either of the Seller or the Servicer, in which event the Defaulted Amount will
not be reduced for those Defaulted Receivables. Receivables will be charged off
as uncollectible in accordance with the Servicer's customary and usual policies
and procedures for servicing its own comparable revolving dealer wholesale loan
accounts. A portion of the Defaulted Amount equal to the product of (x) the
Defaulted Amount for such Collection Period and (y) the Floating Allocation
Percentage for such Collection Period will be allocated to the
Certificateholders. The portion of the Defaulted Amount allocated to the
Certificateholders is referred to as the "Investor Default Amount."

     If the Servicer adjusts the amount of any Receivable because of a rebate,
refund, credit adjustment or billing error to a Dealer, or because such
Receivable was created in respect of inventory which was refused or returned by
a Dealer, the Seller's Participation Amount will be reduced by the amount of the
adjustment. After any such reduction in the Seller's Participation Amount
occurs, the amount (exclusive of the discounted portion) of such Receivable
described above will be deducted from the Pool Balance. Furthermore, to the
extent that such

                                       69
<PAGE>
 
reduction would reduce the Seller's Participation Amount below the Trust
Available Subordinated Amount for the immediately preceding Determination Date
(after giving effect to the allocations, distributions, withdrawals and deposits
to be made on the Distribution Date immediately following such Determination
Date), the Seller will be required to deposit a cash amount equal to such
deficiency into the Collection Account in immediately available funds (an
"Adjustment Payment") on the day on which such adjustment occurs.


INVESTOR CHARGE-OFFS

     If the Available Subordinated Amount is reduced to zero, and on any
Distribution Date the Deficiency Amount is greater than zero, then the Class C
Invested Amount will be reduced by the amount of the excess of such Deficiency
Amount over any remaining Available Subordinated Amount on such Determination
Date, but not by more than the Investor Default Amount for the related
Collection Period (a "Class C Investor Charge-Off").  In the event that any such
reduction of the Class C Invested Amount would cause the Class C Invested Amount
to be a negative number, the Class C Invested Amount will be maintained at or
reduced to zero, and the Class B Invested Amount will be reduced by the
aggregate amount of such excess, but not more than the remaining Investor
Default Amount for such Collection Period (a "Class B Investor Charge-Off").  In
the event that any such reduction of the Class B Invested Amount would cause the
Class B Invested Amount to be a negative number, the Class B Invested Amount
will be maintained at or reduced to zero, and the Class A Invested Amount will
be reduced by the aggregate amount of such excess, but not more than the
remaining Investor Default Amount for such Collection Period (a "Class A
Investor Charge-Off").  Class A Investor Charge-Offs, Class B Investor Charge-
Offs and Class C Investor Charge-Offs will thereafter be reimbursed (in that
order) and the Class A Invested Amount, Class B Invested Amount and Class C
Invested Amount increased (in that order) (but not by an amount in excess of the
aggregate unreimbursed Class A Investor Charge-Offs, Class B Investor Charge-
Offs and Class C Investor Charge-Offs) on any Distribution Date by the sum of
(a) the Series 1996-1 Allocation Percentage of Miscellaneous Payments with
respect to such Distribution Date and (b) the amount of Excess Servicing
allocated and available for that purpose as described above.


OPTIONAL REPURCHASE

     On any Distribution Date occurring after the Invested Amount of the
Certificates is reduced to 10% of the initial outstanding principal amount of
the Certificates or less, the Seller will have the option, subject to certain
conditions, to repurchase the Certificateholders' Interest.  The purchase price
will be equal to such outstanding Invested Amount plus accrued and unpaid
interest on the Certificates through the day preceding the Distribution Date on
which the repurchase occurs.  The purchase price will be deposited in the
Collection Account in immediately available funds on the Distribution Date on
which the Seller exercises such option.  Following any such purchase, the
Certificateholders will have no further rights with respect to the
Certificateholders' Interest, other than the right to receive the final
distribution on the Certificates.  In the event that the Seller fails for any
reason to deposit such purchase price, payments will continue to be made to the
Certificateholders as described under "--Distributions from the Collection
Account; Reserve Fund."


EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENTS

     Commencing on the first Distribution Date following the Collection Period
in which an Early Amortization Event has occurred, Principal Collections
allocable to the Certificateholders' Interest will no longer be deposited in the
Excess Funding Account or paid to the Seller or allocated to any other Series
but instead will be distributed to Certificateholders monthly on each
Distribution Date, except as described below, and the Controlled Distribution
Amount will no longer apply to distributions of principal on the Certificates.
An "Early Amortization Event" refers to any of the following events:

                                       70
<PAGE>
 
          1.  failure by the Seller to convey Receivables in Additional Accounts
     to the Trust within five Business Days after the day on which it is
     required to convey such Receivables pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing
     Agreement;

          2.  failure on the part of the Seller, the Servicer or DFS, as
     applicable, (i) to make any payment or deposit required by the Pooling and
     Servicing Agreement or the Receivables Contribution and Sale Agreement,
     including but not limited to any Transfer Deposit Amount or Adjustment
     Payment, on or before the date occurring five business days after the date
     such payment or deposit is required to be made therein; or (ii) to deliver
     a Distribution Date Statement on the date required under the Pooling and
     Servicing Agreement (or within ten business days after notice from the
     Trustee of such failure); (iii) to comply with its covenant not to create
     any lien on a Receivable which failure has a material adverse effect on the
     certificateholders and which continues unremedied for a period of 60 days
     after written notice; provided, however, that an Early Amortization Event
     shall not be deemed to have occurred if the Seller shall have repurchased
     the related Receivables or, if applicable, all the Receivables during such
     period in accordance with the provisions of the Pooling and Servicing
     Agreement; or (iv) to observe or perform in any material respect any other
     covenants or agreements set forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or
     the Receivables Contribution and Sale Agreement, which failure has a
     materially adverse effect on the certificateholders and which continues
     unremedied for a period of 45 days after written notice of such failure;

          3.  any representation or warranty made by DFS in the Receivables
     Contribution and Sale Agreement or by the Seller in the Pooling and
     Servicing Agreement or any information required to be given by the Seller
     to the Trustee to identify the Accounts proves to have been incorrect in
     any material respect when made and continues to be incorrect in any
     material respect for a period of 60 days after written notice and as a
     result the interests of the certificateholders are materially and adversely
     affected (excluding, however, any representation or warranty made by the
     Seller that the Pooling and Servicing Agreement constitutes, or the
     transfer of the Receivables to the Trust is, a valid sale, transfer and
     assignment to the Trust of all right, title and interest of the Seller in
     the Receivables and the Collateral Security if the Pooling and Servicing
     Agreement constitutes the grant of a security interest in the Receivables
     and Collateral Security); provided, however, that an Early Amortization
     Event shall not be deemed to occur thereunder if the Seller has repurchased
     the related Receivables or all such Receivables, if applicable, during such
     period in accordance with the provisions of the Pooling and Servicing
     Agreement;

          4.  the occurrence of certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or
     receivership relating to any of DFS, the Seller, ___________ (so long as
     DFS is a direct or indirect subsidiary of ___________);

          5.  the Trust or the Seller becomes an investment company within the
     meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;

          6.  any Servicer Default occurs;

          7.  a Carry-over Amount is outstanding on six consecutive Distribution
     Dates (after giving effect to the distribution on each such Distribution
     Date);

                                       71
<PAGE>
 
          8.  on any Determination Date, the average of the Monthly Payment
     Rates for the three preceding Collection Periods, where the Monthly Payment
     Rate for a Collection Period is the percentage obtained by dividing the
     aggregate of the Receivables balances (without deducting therefrom the
     discount portion) collected during such Collection Period by the average
     daily aggregate Receivables balance (without deducting therefrom the
     discount portion) for such Collection Period, is less than 25%;

          9.  the failure to pay the outstanding principal amount of the
     Certificates by the Expected Final Payment Date;

          10.  the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (i) the average for each
     month of the net losses on the Receivables (exclusive of the Ineligible
     Receivables) owned by the Trust (i.e., gross losses less recoveries on any
     such Receivables (including, without limitation, recoveries from collateral
     security in addition to recoveries from the products, recoveries from
     Manufacturers and insurance proceeds)) during any three consecutive
     calendar months to (ii) the average of the month-end aggregate balances of
     such Receivables (without deducting therefrom the discount portion) for
     such three-month period, exceeds 5% on an annualized basis; provided, that
     this clause (11) may be amended or waived with the consent of the Seller
     and each Rating Agency and without the consent of any Certificateholder;
     and

          11.  the sum of all Eligible Investments and amounts on deposit in the
     Excess Funding Account and any excess funding accounts for any other Series
     represents more than 50% of the total assets of the Trust on each of six or
     more consecutive Determination Dates, after giving effect to all payments
     made or to be made on the Distribution Date next succeeding each such
     respective Determination Date.

     Upon the occurrence of any event described above, an Early Amortization
Event will be deemed to have occurred without any notice or other action on the
part of any other party immediately upon the occurrence of such event. The Early
Amortization Period will commence as of the day on which the Early Amortization
Event occurs. Monthly distributions of principal to the Certificateholders will
begin on the first Distribution Date following the Collection Period in which an
Early Amortization Period has commenced and will continue, to the extent
described under "--Distributions" above, on subsequent Distribution Dates.

     In addition to the consequences of an Early Amortization Event discussed
above, if an insolvency event occurs with respect to the Seller, or the Seller
violates its covenant not to create any lien on any Receivable, in each case as
provided in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, on the day of such insolvency
event or such violation, as applicable, the Seller will (subject to the actions
of the certificateholders) immediately cease to transfer Receivables to the
Trust and promptly give notice to the Trustee of such insolvency event or
violation, as applicable. Under the terms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
(unless the provisions of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement have been amended,
as described under "--Amendments" below, to eliminate the provisions relating to
the sale of Receivables upon the occurrence of an insolvency event with respect
to the Seller), within 15 days the Trustee will publish a notice of such
insolvency event or violation stating that the Trustee intends to sell,
liquidate or otherwise dispose of the Receivables in a commercially reasonable
manner and on commercially reasonable terms, unless within a specified period of
time holders of Certificates and certificates of each other outstanding Series
representing more than 50% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the
certificates of each such Series (or, with respect to any Series with two or
more classes, the certificates of each such class) and each person holding a
Supplemental Certificate, instruct the Trustee not to sell, liquidate or dispose
of the Receivables and to continue transferring Receivables as before such
insolvency event or violation, as applicable. If the portion of such proceeds
allocated to the Certificateholders' Interest and the proceeds of any
collections on the Receivables in the Collection Account allocable to the
Certificateholders' Interest are not sufficient to pay the aggregate unpaid

                                       72
<PAGE>
 
principal balance of the Certificates in full plus accrued and unpaid interest
thereon, Certificateholders will incur a loss.  Notwithstanding the above, in
the case of the violation of the covenant not to create a lien on any
Receivable, the Trust will not sell the Receivables unless the proceeds
allocable to the Certificateholders' Interest are sufficient to pay the
aggregate unpaid principal balance of the Certificates in full plus accrued and
unpaid interest thereon.


TERMINATION

     The Trust will terminate on the earlier to occur of (a) the day following
the Distribution Date on which the aggregate Invested Amounts for all Series is
zero, if the Seller elects to terminate the Trust at such time, and (b) December
31, 2014. Upon termination of the Trust, all right, title and interest in the
Receivables and other funds of the Trust (other than amounts in the Collection
Account for the final distribution of principal and interest to
certificateholders) will be conveyed and transferred to the Seller.

     In any event, the last payment of principal and interest on the
Certificates will be due and payable no later than the ___________ [199_] [200_]
Distribution Date (the "Termination Date"). In the event that the Invested
Amount is greater than zero on the Termination Date, the Trustee will sell or
cause to be sold (and apply the proceeds to the extent necessary to pay such
remaining amounts to all Certificateholders) an interest in the Receivables or
certain Receivables, as specified in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, in an
amount equal to the sum of (a) 110% of the Invested Amount (after giving effect
to deposits and distributions otherwise to be made on the Termination Date) and
(b) the Available Subordinated Amount on the preceding Determination Date (after
giving effect to allocations to be made on the Distribution Date following such
Determination Date); provided, however, that in no event shall such amount
exceed the Series 1996-1 Allocation Percentage of Receivables on such
Termination Date. The net proceeds of such sale and any collections on the
Receivables will be paid first to Class A Certificateholders, until the Class A
Invested Amount is reduced to zero, second to Class B Certificateholders, until
the Class B Invested Amount is reduced to zero, and third to Class C
Certificateholders, until the Class C Invested Amount is reduced to zero.

INDEMNIFICATION

     The Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that the Servicer will
indemnify the Trust and the Trustee from and against any loss, liability,
expense, damage or injury suffered or sustained arising out of any acts or
omissions arising out of activities of the Trust, the Trustee or the Servicer
pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement; provided that the Trust or the
Trustee will not be so indemnified if such acts or omissions constitute fraud,
gross negligence, breach of fiduciary duty or willful misconduct by the Trustee.
In addition, the Servicer will not indemnify the Trust, the Trustee or the
certificateholders for any act taken by the Trustee at the request of the
certificateholders or for any tax required to be paid by the Trust or the
certificateholders or for any loss as an investor in the certificates.

     The Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that, except as described
above and with certain other exceptions, neither the Seller, the Servicer,
Deutsche FRI nor any of their directors, officers, employees or agents will be
under any liability to the Trust, the Trustee, the certificateholders or any
other person for taking any action, or for refraining from taking any action,
pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. However, neither the Seller,
the Servicer, Deutsche FRI nor any of their directors, officers, employees or
agents will be protected against any liability which would otherwise be imposed
by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence of any such
person in the performance of their duties or by reason of reckless disregard of
their obligations and duties thereunder.

                                   73
<PAGE>
 
     In addition, the Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that the Servicer
is not under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action
which is not incidental to its servicing responsibilities under the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement. The Servicer may, in its sole discretion, undertake any
such legal action which it may deem necessary or desirable for the benefit of
certificateholders with respect to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the
rights and duties of the parties thereto and the interest of the
certificateholders thereunder.


COLLECTION AND OTHER SERVICING PROCEDURES

     Pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer is
responsible for servicing, collecting, enforcing and administering the
Receivables in accordance with customary and usual procedures for servicing its
own revolving credit line dealer wholesale loans, except where the failure to so
act would not materially and adversely affect the rights of the Trust.

     DFS covenants that it may only change the terms relating to the Accounts if
(i) in the Servicer's reasonable judgment, no Early Amortization Event will
occur as a result of the change and (ii) the change is made applicable to the
comparable segment of the portfolio of revolving credit line dealer wholesale
loan accounts with similar characteristics owned or serviced by DFS and not only
to the Accounts.

     Servicing activities to be performed by the Servicer include collecting and
recording payments, communicating with dealers, investigating payment
delinquencies, evaluating the increase of credit limits, and maintaining
internal records with respect to each Account. Managerial and custodial services
performed by the Servicer on behalf of the Trust include providing assistance in
any inspections of the documents and records relating to the Accounts and
Receivables by the Trustee pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement,
maintaining the agreements, documents and files relating to the Accounts and
Receivables as custodian for the Trust and providing related data processing and
reporting services for certificateholders and on behalf of the Trustee.


SERVICER COVENANTS

     In the Pooling and Servicing Agreement the Servicer covenants that: (a) it
will duly satisfy all obligations on its part to be fulfilled under or in
connection with the Receivables and Accounts, will maintain in effect all
qualifications required in order to service the Receivables and Accounts and
will comply in all material respects with all requirements of law in connection
with servicing the Receivables and the Accounts, the failure to comply with
which would have a material adverse effect on the certificateholders of any
outstanding Series; (b) it will not permit any rescission or cancellation of a
Receivable except as ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction or other
government authority; (c) it will do nothing to impair the rights of the
certificateholders in the Receivables; and (d) it will not reschedule, revise or
defer payments due on any Receivable except in accordance with its guidelines
for servicing revolving credit line dealer loans.

     Under the terms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, if the Seller or
the Servicer discovers, or receives written notice, that any covenant of the
Servicer set forth above has not been complied with in all material respects and
such noncompliance has not been cured within 30 days thereafter (or such longer
period as the Trustee may agree to) and has a material adverse effect on the
interests of all certificateholders in any Receivable or Account, DFS, as
Servicer, will purchase such Receivable or all Receivables in such Account, as
applicable. Such purchase will be made on the Determination Date following the
expiration of the 30 day cure period and the Servicer will be obligated to
deposit into the Collection Account an amount equal to the amount of such
Receivable plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon in the Collection Account.
The amount of such deposit shall be deemed a "Transfer Deposit Amount." The
purchase by the Servicer constitutes the sole remedy available to the
certificateholders if such covenant or warranty of the Servicer is not satisfied
and the Trust's interest in any such purchased Receivables shall be
automatically assigned to the Servicer.

                                       74
<PAGE>

SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

     The Servicer's compensation with respect to the Receivables for its
servicing activities and reimbursement for its expenses will be a monthly
servicing fee (the "Servicing Fee") in an amount payable in arrears on each
Distribution Date prior to the Termination Date generally equal to one-twelfth
of the product of (a) 2% or, if the Servicing Fee has been waived as described
below, 0% for the Distribution Date in respect of which the Servicing Fee has
been waived (the "Servicing Fee Rate"), and (b) the Series 1996-1 Allocation
Percentage of the Pool Balance as of the last day of the second preceding
Collection Period. The share of the Servicing Fee allocable to the
Certificateholders with respect to any Distribution Date (the "Monthly Servicing
Fee") will generally be equal to one-twelfth of the product of (a) the Servicing
Fee Rate and (b) the Invested Amount as of the last day of the second preceding
Collection Period. The remainder of the Servicing Fee shall be paid by the
Seller and the certificateholders of other Series. The Monthly Servicing Fee
shall be payable to the Servicer solely to the extent amounts are available for
distribution therefor in accordance with the terms of the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement.

     The Servicer will be permitted to waive its right to receive the Servicing
Fee on any Distribution Date, so long as it believes that sufficient Non-
Principal Collections will be available on a future Distribution Date to pay the
Monthly Servicing Fee relating to such waived Servicing Fee, in which case the
Servicing Fee and the Monthly Servicing Fee for such Distribution Date shall be
deemed to be zero.

     The Servicer will pay from its servicing compensation certain expenses
incurred in connection with servicing the Accounts and the Receivables
including, without limitation, payment of fees and disbursements of the Trustee
and independent accountants and all other fees and expenses which are not
expressly stated in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement to be payable by the
Trust or the certificateholders other than federal, state and local income and
franchise taxes, if any, of the Trust or the certificateholders.


CERTAIN MATTERS REGARDING THE SERVICER

     The Servicer may not resign from its obligations and duties under the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, except upon determination that such duties are
no longer permissible under applicable law. No such resignation will become
effective until the Trustee or a successor to the Servicer has assumed the
Servicer's responsibilities and obligations under the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement.

     Any person into which, in accordance with the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, the Servicer may be merged or consolidated or any person resulting
from any merger or consolidation to which the Servicer is a party, or any person
succeeding to the business of the Servicer, will be the successor to the
Servicer under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

SERVICER DEFAULT

     In the event of any Servicer Default, the Trustee, by written notice to the
Servicer, may terminate all of the rights and obligations of the Servicer, as
servicer, under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and in and to the
Receivables and the proceeds thereof and appoint a new Servicer (a "Service
Transfer"). The rights and interest of the Seller under the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement in the Seller's Interest will not be affected by any Service
Transfer. The Trustee shall as promptly as possible appoint a successor Servicer
and if no successor Servicer has been appointed by the Trustee and has accepted
such appointment by the time the Servicer ceases to act as Servicer, all rights,
authority, power and obligations of the Servicer under the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement shall pass to and be vested in the Trustee. Prior to any Service
Transfer, the Trustee will review any bids obtained from potential servicers
meeting certain eligibility requirements set forth in the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement to serve

                                       75
<PAGE>
 
as successor Servicer for servicing compensation not in excess of the Servicing
Fee plus certain excess amounts payable to the Seller.

  A "Servicer Default" refers to any of the following events:

       1.  failure by the Servicer to make any payment, transfer or deposit, or
  to give instructions to the Trustee to make any payment, transfer or deposit
  or to take action under any Enhancement, on the date the Servicer is required
  to do so under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, which is not cured within
  five business days after written notice from the Trustee of such failure;

       2.  failure on the part of the Servicer duly to observe or perform (i)
  its covenant not to create any lien on any Receivable which failure has a
  material adverse effect on the certificateholders and which continues
  unremedied for a period of 60 days after written notice to it; provided,
  however, that a Servicer Default shall not be deemed to have occurred if the
  Seller or the Servicer shall have repurchased the related Receivables or, if
  applicable, all the Receivables during such period in accordance with the
  terms and provisions of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or (ii) any other
  covenants or agreements of the Servicer in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
  (exclusive of breaches of covenants in respect of which the Servicer
  repurchases the related Receivables, as described under "--Servicer
  Covenants") which failure has a materially adverse effect on the
  certificateholders of any outstanding Series and which continues unremedied
  for a period of 30 days after written notice thereof to the Servicer;

       3.  any representation, warranty or certification made by the Servicer in
  the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or in any certificate delivered pursuant
  to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement proves to have been incorrect in any
  material respect when made, which has a materially adverse effect on the
  rights of the certificateholders of any outstanding Series, and which
  materially adverse effect continues for a period of 60 days after written
  notice; provided, however, that a Servicer Default shall not be deemed to have
  occurred if the Seller or the Servicer shall have repurchased the related
  Receivables or, if applicable, all the Receivables during such period in
  accordance with the provisions of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement; or

       4.  the occurrence of certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or
  receivership with respect to the Servicer.

  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a delay in or failure of performance referred
to under clause (1) above for a period of ten business days or referred to under
clauses (2) or (3) for a period of 60 business days, shall not constitute a
Servicer Default if such delay or failure was caused by an act of God or other
similar occurrence. Upon the occurrence of any such event, the Servicer shall
not be relieved from using its best efforts to perform its obligations in a
timely manner in accordance with the terms of the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement and the Servicer shall provide the Trustee, any Enhancement Provider,
the Seller and the certificateholders prompt notice of such failure or delay by
it, together with a description of its efforts to so perform its obligations.
The Servicer shall immediately notify the Trustee in writing of any Servicer
Default.


REPORTS

  On each Distribution Date (including the Expected Final Payment Date), the
Trustee will forward (or cause to be forwarded) to each Certificateholder of
record (which, in the case of Class A and Class B Certificateholders, is
expected to be Cede, as nominee for DTC, unless Definitive Certificates are
issued) a statement (the "Distribution Date Statement") prepared by the Servicer
setting forth the following information (which, in the case of (c), (d) and

                                      76
<PAGE>

(e) below, will be stated on the basis of an original principal amount of $1,000
per Certificate if the Accumulation Period or an Early Amortization Period has
commenced): (a) the aggregate amount of collections, the aggregate amount of 
Non-Principal Collections and the aggregate amount of Principal Collections
processed during the immediately preceding Collection Period and the amount on
deposit in the Collection Account; (b) the Series 1996-1 Allocation Percentage,
the Floating Allocation Percentage and the Principal Allocation Percentage for
such Collection Period; (c) the total amount, if any, distributed on the
Certificates; (d) the amount of such distribution allocable to principal on each
class of Certificates; (e) the amount of such distribution allocable to interest
on each class of Certificates; (f) the Investor Default Amount for such
Distribution Date; (g) the Required Subordination Draw Amount, if any, for the
preceding Collection Period; (h) the amount of the Class A, Class B and Class C
Investor Charge-Offs and the amounts of reimbursements thereof for the preceding
Collection Period; (i) the amount of the Monthly Servicing Fee for the preceding
Collection Period; (j) the Controlled Distribution Amount; (k) the Invested
Amount (separately stating the Class A, Class B and Class C Invested Amounts),
the Excess Funding Account balance and the outstanding principal balance of each
class of Certificates for such distribution (after giving effect to all
distributions which will occur on such Distribution Date); (l) the "pool factor"
for each class of Certificates as of the Determination Date with respect to such
Distribution Date (consisting of an eleven-digit decimal expressing the Invested
Amount of each class as of such Determination Date (determined after taking into
account any reduction in the Invested Amount for such class which will occur on
such Distribution Date) as a portion of the initial principal balance of such
class); (m) the Available Subordinated Amount for such Determination Date; (n)
the Reserve Fund balance for such date; and (o) the Principal Funding Account
Balance and the Interest Funding Account Balance with respect to such date.

  On or before January 31 of each calendar year, the Trustee will furnish (or
cause to be furnished) to each person who at any time during the preceding
calendar year was a Certificateholder of record (which, in the case of Class A
and Class B Certificateholders, is expected to be Cede, as nominee for DTC,
unless Definitive Certificates are issued) a statement containing the
information required to be provided by an issuer of indebtedness under the Code
for such preceding calendar year or the applicable portion thereof during which
such person was a Certificateholder, together with such other customary
information as is necessary to enable the Certificateholders to prepare their
tax returns. Moreover, as long as the Class A and Class B Certificateholder of
record is Cede, as nominee for DTC, Certificate Owners will receive tax and
other information from Participants and Indirect Participants rather than from
the Trustee. See "Federal Income Tax Considerations" and "State and Local Tax
Consequences."


EVIDENCE AS TO COMPLIANCE

  The Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that on or before April 30 of
each calendar year the Servicer will cause a firm of nationally recognized
independent public accountants (who may also render other services to the
Servicer or the Seller) to furnish a report relating to certain matters in
connection with the servicing of DFS's portfolio of wholesale receivables.

  The Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides for delivery to the Trustee on or
before April 30 of each calendar year of a statement signed by an officer of the
Servicer to the effect that the Servicer has fully performed, or caused to be
fully performed its obligations in all material respects under the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement throughout the preceding year or, if there has been a
default in the performance of any such obligation, specifying the nature and
status of the default.

  Copies of all statements, certificates and reports furnished to the Trustee
may be obtained by a request in writing delivered to the Trustee. See "--The
Trustee" below.

                                      77
<PAGE>
 
AMENDMENTS

  The Pooling and Servicing Agreement or any Supplement may be amended by the
Seller, the Servicer and the Trustee, without certificateholder consent, so long
as any such action shall not, as evidenced by an opinion of counsel, adversely
affect in any material respect the interests of the certificateholders.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Pooling and Servicing Agreement may be
amended by the Servicer, the Seller and the Trustee without the consent of any
of the Certificateholders to change in any manner the treatment of Delayed
Funding Receivables under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, but only upon
satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition. In addition, the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement or the Supplement with respect to Series 1996-1 may be
amended by the Servicer and the Trustee at the direction of the Seller without
the consent of any of the Certificateholders (1) to add, modify or eliminate
such provisions as may be necessary or advisable in order to enable the Seller
or any of its affiliates (including Deutsche Bank AG) to minimize or avoid
capital charges under any applicable law, rule, regulation or guideline relating
to regulatory or risk-based capital, (2) to enable all or a portion of the Trust
to qualify as a partnership for federal income tax purposes under applicable
regulations on the classification of entities as partnerships or corporations
under the Code adopted as final regulations after the date hereof, and to the
extent that such regulations eliminate or modify the need therefor, to modify or
eliminate existing provisions of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or the
Supplement with respect to Series 1996-1 relating to the intended availability
of partnership treatment of the Trust for federal income tax purposes or (3) to
enable all or a portion of the Trust to qualify as, and to permit an election to
be made to cause the Trust to be treated as, a "financial asset securitization
investment trust," as described in the provisions of the "Small Business Job
Protection Act of 1996," H.R. 3448 (and, in connection with any such election,
to modify or eliminate existing provisions of the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement or the Supplement with respect to Series 1996-1 relating to the
intended Federal income tax treatment of the Certificates and the Trust in the
absence of such election, which may include elimination of the sale of
Receivables upon the occurrence of an insolvency event with respect to the
Seller pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and certain provisions of
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement relating to the liability of the Seller), so
long as in each case the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied and, in the
case of (2) or (3), the Seller has received an opinion of counsel to the effect
that such amendment will not adversely affect the characterization of the
certificates of any outstanding Series or class as debt.

  The Pooling and Servicing Agreement or any Supplement may be amended by the
Seller, the Servicer and the Trustee with the consent of the holders of
certificates evidencing more than 50% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount
of the certificates of all adversely affected Series for the purpose of adding
any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions
of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or any Supplement or of modifying in any
manner the rights of certificateholders. No such amendment, however, may (a)
reduce in any manner the amount of, or delay the timing of, distributions
required to be made on any certificate, (b) change the definition of or the
manner of calculating the interest of any certificateholder, (c) reduce the
amount available under any Enhancement, (d) adversely affect the rating of any
Series or class by any Rating Agency without the consent of all holders of
certificates of such Series or class or (e) reduce the aforesaid percentage of
the unpaid principal amount of certificates the holders of which are required to
consent to any such amendment, in the case of (a), (b) and (c) without the
consent of the holder of such certificate and, in the case of (e), without the
consent of all certificateholders of the adversely affected Series. Promptly
following the execution of any such amendment (other than an amendment described
in the preceding paragraph), the Trustee will furnish written notice of the
substance of such amendment to each certificateholder.

  The Pooling and Servicing Agreement may not be amended in any manner which
materially adversely affects the interests of any Enhancement Provider without
its prior consent.

                                      78
<PAGE>
 
LIST OF CERTIFICATEHOLDERS

  Upon written request of any three or more certificateholders of record the
Trustee will afford such certificateholders access during business hours to the
current list of certificateholders for purposes of communicating with other
certificateholders with respect to their rights under the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement. See "--Book-Entry Registration" and "--Definitive Certificates."

  The Pooling and Servicing Agreement does not provide for any annual or other
meetings of Certificateholders.


THE TRUSTEE

  Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A., a national banking association, will act as
Trustee under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. The Trustee is located at,
and any request for copies of statements, certificates and reports furnished to
the Trustee should be addressed to the Trustee at, 450 West 33rd Street, 15th
Floor, New York, New York 10001, Attention: Advanced Structured Products Group.
The Seller, the Servicer and their respective affiliates may from time to time
enter into normal banking and trustee relationships with the Trustee and its
affiliates. The Trustee may hold Certificates in its own name with the same
rights it would have if it were not the Trustee. In addition, for purposes of
meeting the legal requirements of certain local jurisdictions, the Trustee shall
have the power to appoint a co-trustee or separate trustees of all or a part of
the Trust. In the event of such appointments, all rights, powers, duties and
obligations shall be conferred or imposed upon the Trustee and such separate
trustee or co-trustee jointly, or in any jurisdiction in which the Trustee shall
be incompetent or unqualified to perform certain acts singly upon such separate
trustee or co-trustee, who shall exercise and perform such rights, powers,
duties and obligations solely at the direction of the Trustee.

  The Trustee may resign at any time, in which event the Seller will be
obligated to appoint a successor Trustee. The Servicer may also remove the
Trustee if the Trustee ceases to be eligible to continue as such under the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement or if the Trustee becomes insolvent. In such
circumstances, the Servicer may appoint a successor Trustee. Any resignation or
removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee does not become
effective until the acceptance of the appointment by the successor Trustee.


  DESCRIPTION OF THE RECEIVABLES CONTRIBUTION AND SALE AGREEMENT

  The following summary describes the material terms of the Receivables
Contribution and Sale Agreement, but it does not purport to be complete and is
qualified in its entirety by reference to the Receivables Contribution and Sale
Agreement. If other affiliates of DFS originate receivables and sell them to the
Seller for transfer to the Trust, such other affiliates will become parties to
the Receivables Contribution and Sale Agreement and make representations,
warranties and covenants similar to those described below with respect to DFS
and Deutsche BSC.


SALE OR TRANSFER OF RECEIVABLES

  Pursuant to the Receivables Contribution and Sale Agreement, DFS and Deutsche
BSC have contributed or sold to the Seller all of their right, title and
interest in and to all of the Receivables and the Collateral Security as of the
Initial Cut-Off Date and all of the Receivables thereafter created with respect
thereto. Pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Seller has
transferred to the Trust all of its right, title and interest in and to the
Receivables Contribution and Sale Agreement.

                                      79
<PAGE>
 
  In connection with the contribution or sale of the Receivables to the Seller,
DFS and Deutsche BSC have and will continue to indicate in their books and
records, which may include their computer files, that the Receivables have been
sold or transferred to the Seller, and that such Receivables have been
transferred by the Seller to the Trust. In addition, DFS and Deutsche BSC
provided to the Seller a computer file or microfiche or written list containing
a true and complete list of all such Receivables, identifying the balances of
the Receivables as of the Initial Cut-Off Date. The records and agreements
relating to the Accounts and Receivables have not been, and will not be,
segregated by DFS and Deutsche BSC from other documents and agreements relating
to other accounts and receivables and have not been, and will not be, stamped or
marked to reflect the sale or transfer of the Receivables to the Seller, but the
books and records of DFS and Deutsche BSC which may include computer files,
evidence such sale or transfer. DFS and Deutsche BSC filed UCC financing
statements with respect to the Receivables meeting the requirements of Missouri
and Georgia state law, respectively. See "Risk Factors--Certain Legal Aspects"
and "Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables--Transfer of Receivables."


REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

  Each of DFS and Deutsche BSC has or will make certain representations and
warranties to the Seller to the effect that, among other things, as of the
Initial Closing Date, the Closing Date and each Series Issuance Date, it was
duly incorporated and in good standing and that it has the authority to
consummate the transactions contemplated by the Receivables Contribution and
Sale Agreement.

  Each of DFS and Deutsche BSC has or will also make representations and
warranties to the Seller relating to the Receivables to the effect, among other
things, that (a) as of the Initial Cut-Off Date and each closing date, each of
the Accounts is an Eligible Account and, in the case of Additional Accounts, on
the applicable Additional Cut-Off Date and each subsequent closing date, such
Additional Account is an Eligible Account and (b) on the Initial Closing Date,
each Additional Cut-Off Date and on each Transfer Date, each Receivable conveyed
on such date is an Eligible Receivable or, if such Receivable is not an Eligible
Receivable, such Receivable is conveyed to the Seller. In the event of a breach
of any representation and warranty set forth in this paragraph which results in
a transfer of such Receivable to the Seller pursuant to the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, then DFS or Deutsche BSC, as the case may be, shall
repurchase such Receivable from the Seller on the date of such retransfer. The
purchase price for such Ineligible Receivable shall be the face amount thereof
plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

  Each of DFS and Deutsche BSC has or will also make representations and
warranties to the Seller to the effect, among other things, that as of the
Initial Closing Date, the Closing Date and each Series Issuance Date (a) the
Receivables Contribution and Sale Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and
binding obligation of DFS or Deutsche BSC, as the case may be, and (b) the
Receivables Contribution and Sale Agreement constitutes a valid sale or transfer
to the Seller of all right, title and interest of DFS and Deutsche BSC in and to
the Receivables, whether then existing or thereafter created in the Accounts,
the Collateral Security and the proceeds thereof which is effective as to each
Receivable upon the creation thereof. If the breach of any of the
representations and warranties described in this paragraph results in the
obligation of the Seller under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement to accept
retransfer of the Receivables, DFS and Deutsche BSC will be obligated to
repurchase the Receivables retransferred to DFS for an amount of cash equal to
the amount of cash the Seller is required to deposit under the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement in connection with such retransfer.

  DFS and Deutsche BSC will agree to indemnify the Seller and to hold the Seller
harmless from and against any and all losses, damages and expenses (including
reasonable attorneys' fees) suffered or incurred by the Seller if the foregoing
representations and warranties are materially false.

                                      80
<PAGE>
 
CERTAIN COVENANTS

  In the Receivables Contribution and Sale Agreement, each of DFS and Deutsche
BSC has covenanted that it will perform its obligations under the agreements
relating to the Receivables and the Accounts in conformity with its then-current
policies and procedures relating to the Receivables and the Accounts.

  Each of DFS and Deutsche BSC has covenanted further that, except for the sale
and conveyances under the Receivables Contribution and Sale Agreement and the
interests created under Participations, DFS and Deutsche BSC will not sell,
pledge, assign or transfer any interest in the Receivables to any other person.
Each of DFS and Deutsche BSC also has covenanted to defend and indemnify the
Seller for any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Seller in connection
with a breach by DFS or Deutsche BSC of any of its representations, warranties
or covenants contained in the Receivables Contribution and Sale Agreement.

  In addition, DFS and Deutsche BSC have expressly acknowledged and consented to
the Seller's assignment of its rights relating to the Receivables under the
Receivables Contribution and Sale Agreement to the Trustee.


TERMINATION

  The Receivables Contribution and Sale Agreement will terminate immediately
after the Trust terminates. In addition, if DFS or Deutsche BSC becomes party to
any bankruptcy or similar proceeding (other than as a claimant) and, if such
proceeding is not voluntary and is not dismissed within 60 days of its
institution, DFS or Deutsche BSC, as the case may be, will immediately cease to
sell or transfer Receivables to the Seller and will promptly give notice of such
event to the Seller and to the Trustee.


                   CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE RECEIVABLES

TRANSFER OF RECEIVABLES

  On the Initial Closing Date, DFS contributed, and Deutsche BSC sold,
Receivables to the Seller, which Receivables were immediately sold and assigned
to the Trust. The Seller has represented and warranted and will represent and
warrant on the Closing Date that such sale to the Trust constituted a valid
transfer and assignment to the Trust of all right, title and interest of the
Seller in and to the Receivables and that, under the UCC (as in effect in
Missouri), there exists a valid, subsisting and enforceable first priority
perfected ownership interest in the Receivables, in existence at the time of the
formation of the Trust or at the date of addition of any Additional Accounts, in
favor of the Trust and a valid, subsisting and enforceable first priority
perfected ownership interest in the Receivables created thereafter in favor of
the Trust on and after their creation. However, the transfer of Receivables by
the Seller to the Trust could be deemed to create a security interest under the
UCC. For a discussion of the Trust's rights arising from these representations
and warranties not being satisfied, see "Description of the Certificates--
Representations and Warranties."

  Each of DFS, Deutsche BSC and the Seller has represented that the Receivables
are "chattel paper", "accounts" or "general intangibles" for purposes of the UCC
as in effect in Missouri (in the case of Deutsche BSC, Georgia). If the
Receivables are deemed to be chattel paper and the transfer thereof by either
DFS or Deutsche BSC to the Seller or by the Seller to the Trust is deemed either
to be a sale or to create a security interest, the UCC as in effect in Missouri
(in the case of Deutsche BSC, Georgia) applies and the transferee must either
take possession of the chattel paper or file an appropriate financing statement
or statements in order to perfect its interest therein. If the Receivables are
treated as accounts and the transfer thereof by either DFS or Deutsche BSC to
the Seller or by the Seller to the Trust is deemed either to be a sale or to
create a security interest, the transferee must file an appropriate financing
statement or statements in order to perfect its interest therein under the UCC
in

                                      81
<PAGE>
 
Missouri (in the case of Deutsche BSC, Georgia). If a transfer of general
intangibles is deemed to create a security interest, filing an appropriate
financing statement or statements is also required under the UCC as in effect in
Missouri (in the case of Deutsche BSC, Georgia) in order to perfect the Trust's
security interest. If a transfer of general intangibles is deemed to be a sale,
then the UCC as in effect in Missouri (in the case of Deutsche BSC, Georgia) is
not applicable and no further action under the UCC is required to protect the
Trust's interest from third parties. Financing statements covering the
Receivables have been filed under the UCC as in effect in Missouri (in the case
of Deutsche BSC, Georgia) by both the Seller and the Trust to perfect their
respective interests in the Receivables and continuation statements will be
filed as required to continue the perfection of such interests. The Receivables
will not be segregated or stamped to indicate the interest of the Seller or the
Trustee.

  There are certain limited circumstances under the UCC and applicable federal
law in which prior or subsequent transferees of Receivables could have an
interest in such Receivables with priority over the Trust's interest. A
purchaser of the Receivables who gives new value and takes possession of the
instruments which evidence the Receivables (i.e., the chattel paper) in the
ordinary course of such purchaser's business may, under certain circumstances,
have priority over the interest of the Trust in the Receivables. A tax or other
government lien on property of DFS, Deutsche BSC or the Seller arising prior to
the time a Receivable is conveyed to the Trust may also have priority over the
interest of the Trust in such Receivable. Under the Receivables Contribution and
Sale Agreement, each of DFS and Deutsche BSC has warranted to the Seller, and
under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement the Seller has warranted to the Trust,
that the Receivables have been transferred free and clear of the lien of any
third party. Each of DFS, Deutsche BSC and the Seller has also covenanted that
it will not sell, pledge, assign, transfer or grant any lien on any Receivable
or, except as described under "Description of the Certificates--Supplemental
Certificates," the Seller's Certificate (or any interest therein) other than to
the Trust. In addition, while DFS is the Servicer, cash collections on the
Receivables may, under certain circumstances, be commingled with the funds of
DFS prior to deposit in the Collection Account. If DFS became subject to
bankruptcy proceedings, the Certificateholders might incur a loss with respect
to collections not deposited in the Collection Account. See "Risk Factors--Risk
of Commingling."

  The Seller has warranted to the Trust that the transfer of the Receivables to
the Trust is a sale of the Receivables to the Trust. The Seller is required to
take all actions that are required under Missouri law to perfect the Trust's
ownership interest in the Receivables and the Seller has warranted to the Trust
that the Trust will at all times have a first priority perfected ownership
interest therein and, with certain exceptions, proceeds thereof. Nevertheless, a
tax or government lien on property of DFS, Deutsche BSC or the Seller arising
prior to the time a Receivable is conveyed to the Trust may have priority over
the interest of the Trust in such Receivable.

  In administering the Receivables, the Servicer may exercise a right of set-off
in a Floorplan Agreement against a Manufacturer that becomes insolvent. It is
possible that such exercise of a right of set-off may take the form of not
funding a Delayed Funding Receivable owned by the Trust and applying such funds
toward an obligation of the Manufacturer in respect of a receivable owned by DFS
or one of its affiliates. The Dealer obligated under such Delayed Funding
Receivable may in turn take the position that DFS has failed to perform its
obligation under the Delayed Funding Receivable and, consequently, that it is
discharged from its obligation to pay such Delayed Funding Receivable.


CERTAIN MATTERS RELATING TO BANKRUPTCY OF DFS, THE SELLER OR DEUTSCHE FRI

  Each of DFS and Deutsche BSC has warranted to the Seller in the Receivables
Contribution and Sale Agreement that the sale of the Receivables by it to the
Seller is a valid sale of the Receivables to the Seller. In addition, DFS,
Deutsche BSC and the Seller have agreed to treat the transactions described
herein as a sale of the Receivables to the Seller, and DFS and Deutsche BSC have
and will take all actions that are required under Missouri law (in the case of
Deutsche BSC, Georgia law) to perfect the Seller's ownership interest in the
Receivables. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if DFS or Deutsche BSC were to
become a debtor in a bankruptcy

                                      82
<PAGE>
 
case and a creditor or trustee in bankruptcy of such debtor or such debtor
itself were to take the position that the sale of Receivables from such debtor
to the Seller should be recharacterized as a pledge of such Receivables to
secure a borrowing from such debtor, then delays in payments of collections of
Receivables to the Seller could occur or (should the court rule in favor of any
such trustee, debtor in possession or creditor) reductions in the amount of such
payments could result.

  In addition, if DFS or Deutsche BSC were to become a debtor in a bankruptcy
case and a creditor or trustee-in-bankruptcy of such debtor or such debtor
itself were to request a court to order that DFS or Deutsche BSC, as applicable,
should be substantively consolidated with the Seller, delays in payments on the
Certificates could result. Should the bankruptcy court rule in favor of any such
creditor, trustee-in-bankruptcy or such debtor, reductions in such payments
could result.

  With respect to a Delayed Funding Receivable, if DFS were to become a debtor
in a bankruptcy case prior to funding such Receivable, its trustee-in-bankruptcy
or its creditors may assert that such Delayed Funding Receivable is an executory
contract and such trustee-in-bankruptcy may disaffirm DFS's obligation to fund
such Receivable. Such a disaffirmance would discharge the obligation of the
Dealer on such Delayed Funding Receivable to pay such Receivable and the Trust
would suffer a loss in respect of such Receivable.

  A limited partnership could become insolvent upon the insolvency of its
general partner. Deutsche FRI's certificate of incorporation provides that,
under certain circumstances, Deutsche FRI is required to have two independent
directors (as defined therein) in which event it shall not file a voluntary
application for relief under Title 11 of the United States Code (the "Bankruptcy
Code") without the affirmative vote of both independent directors. Pursuant to
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Trustee, all certificateholders and any
Enhancement Provider will covenant that they will not at any time institute
against the Seller any bankruptcy, reorganization or other proceedings under any
federal or state bankruptcy or similar law. In addition, certain other steps
will be taken to avoid the Seller's and Deutsche FRI's becoming a debtor in a
bankruptcy case. Notwithstanding such steps, if the Seller were to become a
debtor in a bankruptcy case, and a bankruptcy trustee for the Seller or the
Seller as debtor in possession or a creditor of the Seller were to take the
position that the transfer of the Receivables from the Seller to the Trust
should be recharacterized as a pledge of such Receivables, then delays in
payments on the Certificates or (should the court rule in favor of any such
trustee, debtor in possession or creditor) reductions in the amount of such
payments could result.

  The Seller and Deutsche FRI do not intend to file, and DFS has agreed that it
will not cause Deutsche FRI to file, a voluntary application for relief under
the Bankruptcy Code or any similar applicable state law so long as the Seller or
Deutsche FRI, as applicable, is solvent and does not foresee becoming insolvent.

  If DFS or the Seller were to become a debtor in a bankruptcy case causing an
Early Amortization Event to occur, then, pursuant to the Receivables
Contribution and Sale Agreement, new Receivables would no longer be transferred
to the Seller and, pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, only
collections on Receivables theretofore sold to the Seller and transferred to the
Trust would be available to be applied to pay interest accruing on the
Certificates and to pay the principal amount of the Certificates. Under such
circumstances, the Servicer is obligated to allocate all Principal Collections
to the oldest principal balance first. If such allocation method were to be
altered by the bankruptcy court, the rate of payment on the Certificates might
be adversely affected. In addition, distributions of principal on each
Certificate would not be subject to the applicable Controlled Distribution
Amount.

  The occurrence of certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or receivership
with respect to the Servicer will result in a Servicer Default, which Servicer
Default, in turn, will result in an Early Amortization Event. If no other
Servicer Default other than the commencement of such bankruptcy or similar event
exists, a trustee-in-bankruptcy of the Servicer may have the power to prevent
either the Trustee or the certificateholders from appointing a successor
Servicer.

                                      83
<PAGE>
 
  In addition, under federal or state fraudulent transfer laws, a court could,
among other things, subordinate the rights of the Certificateholders in the
Receivables to the rights of creditors of DFS or Deutsche BSC, if a court were
to find, among other things, that DFS or Deutsche BSC, as applicable, received
less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for such Receivables
and at the time of any transfers were insolvent. However, each of DFS and
Deutsche BSC believes that it will receive reasonably equivalent value or fair
consideration for the Receivables and that it will not be insolvent at the time
of such transfers.

  Payments made in respect of repurchases of Receivables by DFS or the Seller
pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement may be recoverable by DFS or the
Seller, as debtor in possession, or by a creditor or a trustee-in-bankruptcy of
DFS or the Seller as a preferential transfer from DFS or the Seller if such
payments are made within one year prior to the filing of a bankruptcy case in
respect of DFS.


                       FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

  Set forth below is a discussion of the material federal income tax
consequences generally applicable to holders of the Offered Certificates, which
has been prepared based on the advice of Mayer, Brown & Platt ("Tax Counsel").
In the opinion of Tax Counsel such discussion, to the extent it includes matters
of law or legal conclusions with respect thereto, is accurate in all material
respects. This discussion does not purport to deal with all aspects of federal
income taxation that may be relevant to holders of the Offered Certificates in
light of their personal investment circumstances, nor to certain types of
holders subject to special treatment under the federal income tax laws (for
example, banks, life insurance companies and tax-exempt organizations).
Prospective investors are advised to consult their own tax advisors with regard
to the federal income tax consequences of holding and disposing of the Offered
Certificates, as well as the tax consequences arising under the laws of any
state, foreign country or other jurisdiction. This discussion is based upon
present provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
"Code"), the regulations promulgated thereunder, and judicial or ruling
authority, all of which are subject to change, which change may be retroactive.
No ruling on any of the issues discussed below will be sought from the Internal
Revenue Service (the "IRS").

  TREATMENT OF THE CERTIFICATES AS DEBT. The Seller and the Certificateholders
will express in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement the intent that, for
federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes, the Certificates
will be debt secured by the Receivables. The Seller, by initially entering into
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, and each Certificateholder, by the
acceptance of a Certificate, will agree to treat the Certificates as debt for
federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes. However, the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement generally refers to the transfer of the Receivables as a
"sale", and because different criteria are used in determining the non-tax
accounting treatment of the transaction, the Seller will treat the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, for certain non-tax purposes, as effecting a transfer of an
ownership interest in the Receivables and not as creating a debt obligation.

  A basic premise of federal income tax law is that the economic substance of a
transaction generally determines the tax consequences. The form of a
transaction, while a relevant factor, is not conclusive evidence of its economic
substance. In appropriate circumstances, the courts have allowed taxpayers, as
well as the IRS, to treat a transaction in accordance with its economic
substance, as determined under federal income tax law, even though the
participants in the transaction have characterized it differently for non-tax
purposes.

  The determination of whether the economic substance of a property transfer is
a sale or a loan secured by the transferred property has been made by the IRS
and the courts on the basis of numerous factors designed to determine whether
the transferor has relinquished (and the transferee has obtained) substantial
incidents of ownership in the property. Among those factors, the primary factors
examined are whether the transferee has the opportunity to gain if the property
increases in value, and has the risk of loss if the property decreases in value.
Based upon its analysis of such factors, Tax Counsel is of the opinion that the
Certificates will properly be characterized for

                                      84
<PAGE>
 
federal income tax purposes as debt that is secured by the Receivables and that
the Trust will not be treated as an association (or publicly traded partnership)
taxable as a corporation.

  INTEREST INCOME TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS. Assuming the Certificateholders are
holders of debt obligations for federal income tax purposes, interest thereon
will be taxable as ordinary income for federal income tax purposes when received
by Certificateholders utilizing the cash basis method of accounting and when
accrued by Certificateholders utilizing the accrual method of accounting.
Interest received on the Certificates may also constitute "investment income"
for purposes of certain limitations of the Code concerning the deductibility of
investment interest expense. In addition, a Certificateholder who buys a
Certificate for less than its principal amount (assuming the Certificate is
issued without OID) will be subject to the "market discount" rules of the Code,
and a Certificateholder who buys a Certificate for more than its principal
amount will be subject to the premium amortization rules of the Code. See
"--Original Issue Discount" below for a description of the federal income tax
consequences if the Certificates are issued with OID.

  The Trustee will be required to report annually to the IRS, and to each
Certificateholder of record, the amount of interest paid (and OID accrued, if
any) on the Certificates (and the amount of interest withheld for federal income
taxes, if any) for each calendar year, except as to exempt holders (generally,
holders that are corporations, tax-exempt organizations, qualified pension and
profit-sharing trusts, individual retirement accounts, or nonresident aliens who
provide certification as to their status as nonresidents). As long as the only
"Certificateholder" of record is Cede, as nominee for DTC, Certificateholders
and the IRS will receive tax and other information only from Participants and
Indirect Participants rather than from the Trustee. Accordingly, each nonexempt
Certificateholder will be required to provide, under penalties of perjury, a
certificate on IRS Form W-9 containing such holder's name, address, federal
taxpayer identification number and a statement that such holder is not subject
to backup withholding. Should a nonexempt Certificateholder fail to provide the
required certification, the Trustee (or the Participants or Indirect
Participants) will be required to withhold (or cause to be withheld) 31% of the
interest (and principal) otherwise payable to the holder, and remit the withheld
amounts to the IRS as a credit against the holder's federal income tax
liability.

  ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT. The following summary is a general discussion of the
United States federal income tax consequences to Certificateholders who are
United States persons owning Certificates issued with original issue discount
("OID Certificates" and "OID", respectively).

  In general, the OID with respect to any OID Certificate will equal the
difference between the principal amount of the Certificate and its issue price
(defined as the first price to the public at which a substantial amount of the
OID Certificates have been sold), if such excess is 0.25% or more of the OID
Certificate's principal amount multiplied by the number of complete years to its
maturity (the "de minimis amount"). Even if such excess is less than the de
minimis amount, because a failure to pay interest currently on the Certificate
is not a default, it is possible that all stated interest could be treated as
principal for this purpose (and for purposes of the computations described
below) with the result that the Certificates could be viewed as OID
Certificates. Tax Counsel is unable to opine as to whether the Certificates will
be treated as issued with OID. Holders of OID Certificates (including holders of
Certificates that report income on the cash method of accounting) must include
OID in income for United States federal income tax purposes as it accrues under
a method that takes account of the compounding of interest, in advance of
receipt of the related cash payments.

  In general, each Certificateholder of an OID Certificate, whether such
Certificateholder uses the cash or accrual method of accounting for tax
purposes, will be required to include in ordinary gross income the sum of the
"daily portions" of OID on the Certificate for each day during the taxable year
that the Certificateholder owns the Certificate. The daily portion of OID on an
OID Certificate is determined by allocating to each day in any "accrual period"
a ratable portion of the original issue discount allocable to that accrual
period. The term accrual period means the period between Distribution Dates or
the shorter period from the date of issue to the first Distribution Date. In the
case of an initial Certificateholder, the amount of original issue discount on
an OID Certificate

                                      85
<PAGE>
 
allocable to each accrual period is determined by (i) multiplying the "adjusted
issue price" (as defined below) of the Certificate by a fraction, the numerator
of which is the annual yield to maturity of such Certificate and the denominator
of which is the number of accrual periods in a year, and (ii) subtracting from
the product the amount of interest paid during that accrual period. The
"adjusted issue price" of an OID Certificate at the beginning of any accrual
period will be the sum of its issue price and the amount of OID allocable to all
prior accrual periods, minus the amount of all payments (other than payments of
interest) previously made with respect to the OID Certificate. As a result of
such "constant yield" method of including OID income, the amounts so includible
in income are lower in the early years and greater in the later years than the
amounts that would be includible on a straight-line basis.

  If an Early Amortization Event occurs, the early payments of principal as a
result of either such event could result in acceleration of income corresponding
to a portion of the unaccrued OID.

  In the event that a Certificateholder purchases an OID Certificate at an
"acquisition premium," i.e., at a price in excess of the Certificate's issue
price, plus the OID accrued prior to acquisition and minus any principal
payments made with respect to the OID Certificate prior to acquisition, the
amount includible in income in each taxable year as OID will be reduced by that
portion of the premium properly allocable to such year. Moreover, a
Certificateholder who purchases an OID Certificate at a price less than the
price described in the preceding sentence will be subject to the market discount
rules of the Code.

  SALE OR EXCHANGE. A Certificateholder's tax basis in a Certificate generally
will be the Certificateholder's cost increased by any interest (including OID)
included in income (and market discount, if any, if the Certificateholder has
elected to include accrued market discount in income on a current basis) and
decreased by the amount of any principal payment received with respect to the
Certificate. Gain or loss on the sale, exchange or redemption of a Certificate
generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if the Certificate has been
held for more than a year (assuming that the Certificate is held as a capital
asset) except to the extent that such gain represents market discount not
previously included in the Certificateholder's income. Capital losses generally
may be used by a corporate taxpayer only to offset capital gains and by an
individual taxpayer only to the extent of capital gains plus $3,000 of other
income.

  The Code currently provides for a top marginal tax rate applicable to ordinary
income of individuals of 39.6% while maintaining a maximum marginal rate for
long-term capital gains of individuals of 28%. The maximum tax rate on both
ordinary income and long-term capital gains of corporate taxpayers is 35%.

  POSSIBLE CLASSIFICATION OF THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT AS A
PARTNERSHIP OR ASSOCIATION. Although, as described above, it is the opinion of
Tax Counsel that the Certificates will properly be characterized as debt for
federal income tax purposes, such opinion is not binding on the IRS and thus no
assurance can be given that such a characterization will prevail. If the IRS
were to contend successfully that the Certificates were not debt for federal
income tax purposes, the arrangement among the Seller, the Certificateholders
and any other holder of investor certificates might be classified for federal
income tax purposes as a partnership, an association taxable as a corporation or
a "publicly traded partnership" taxable as a corporation.

  If the Certificates are treated as interests in such a partnership, the
partnership could be treated as a "publicly traded partnership". Regulations
published by the Treasury Department on December 4, 1995 (the "Regulations")
could cause the Trust to constitute a publicly traded partnership even if all
holders of interests in the publicly offered Certificates are treated as holding
debt. If the Trust were classified as a publicly traded partnership, whether by
reason of the treatment of publicly offered Certificates as equity or by reason
of the Regulations, it would avoid taxation as a corporation if its income was
not derived in the conduct of a "financial business;" however, whether the
income of the Trust would be so classified is unclear.

  Under the Code and the Regulations, a partnership will be classified as a
publicly traded partnership if equity interests therein are traded on an
"established securities market," or are "readily tradable" on a "secondary

                                      86
<PAGE>
 
market" or its "substantial equivalent." The Seller intends to take measures
designed to reduce the risk that the Trust could be classified as a publicly
traded partnership by reason of interests in the Trust other than the publicly
traded Certificates. Although the Seller expects such measures will ultimately
be successful, certain of the actions that may be necessary for avoiding the
treatment of such interests as "readily tradable" on a "secondary market" or its
"substantial equivalent" are not fully within the control of the Seller. As a
result, there can be no assurance that the measures the Seller intends to take
will in all circumstances be sufficient to prevent the Trust from being
classified as a publicly traded partnership under the Regulations.

  If the partnership were not taxable as a corporation (because of an exception
for an entity whose income is interest income that is not derived in the conduct
of a financial business) it would not be subject to federal income tax. Rather,
each item of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit generated through the
ownership of the Receivables by the partnership would be passed through to the
partners in the partnership (including the Certificateholders) according to
their respective interests therein. Tax Counsel is unable to opine as to whether
the Trust would qualify for the exception for an entity whose income is interest
income not derived in the conduct of a financial business.

  The income reportable by the Certificateholder as partners in such a
partnership could differ from the income reportable by the Certificateholders as
holders of debt. If the Certificateholders were treated as partners, a cash
basis Certificateholder might be required to report income when it accrues to
the partnership rather than when it is received by the Certificateholder.
Moreover, if the Certificates are interests in a partnership, an individual's
share of expenses of the partnership would be miscellaneous itemized deductions
that in the aggregate are allowed only to the extent they exceed two percent of
the individual's adjusted gross income (and are subject to certain other
limitations), meaning that the individual might be taxed on a greater amount of
income than the stated interest on the Certificates. Finally, if the
Certificates are interests in a partnership, any taxable income allocated to a
Certificateholder that is a pension, profit-sharing or employee benefit plan or
other tax-exempt entity (including an individual retirement account) may
constitute "unrelated business taxable income" generally taxable to the holder
under the Code.

  If, alternatively, the arrangement created by the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement were treated as either an association or a "publicly traded
partnership" taxable as a corporation, the resulting entity would be subject to
federal income taxes at corporate tax rates on its taxable income generated by
ownership of the Receivables. Moreover, distributions by the entity would
probably not be deductible in computing the entity's taxable income and all or
part of distributions to Certificateholders would probably be treated as
dividend income to the Certificateholders. Such an entity-level tax could result
in reduced distributions to Certificateholders and the Certificateholders could
be liable for a share of such a tax.

  Because the Certificates will be treated as indebtedness for federal income
tax purposes, the Trustee (and Participants and Indirect Participants) will not
comply with the tax reporting requirements that would apply under these
alternative characterizations of the Certificates.

  FASIT. In August, 1996, the United States Congress passed and President
Clinton signed into law the "Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996," H.R.
3448 (the "Job Protection Act of 1996"). The Job Protection Act of 1996 creates
a new type of entity for federal income tax purposes called a "financial asset
securitization investment trust" or "FASIT." The effective date of the FASIT
provisions of the Job Protection Act of 1996 is September 1, 1997. The Job
Protection Act of 1996 enables certain arrangements similar to the Trust to
elect to be treated as a FASIT. Under the FASIT provisions of the Job Protection
Act of 1996, a FASIT generally would avoid federal income taxation and could
issue securities substantially similar to the Certificates, and those securities
would be treated as debt for federal income tax purposes. Upon satisfying
certain conditions set forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or the
Supplement with respect to Series 1996-1, the Seller and Servicer will be
permitted to amend the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or the Supplement with
respect to Series 1996-1 in order to enable all or a portion of the Trust to
qualify as a FASIT and to permit a FASIT election to be made with respect
thereto,

                                      87
<PAGE>
 
and to make such modifications to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or the
Supplement with respect to Series 1996-1 as may be permitted by reason of the
making of such an election. However, there can be no assurance that the Seller
will or will not cause any permissible FASIT election to be made with respect to
the Trust or amend the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or the Supplement with
respect to Series 1996-1 in connection with any election. In addition, if such
an election is made, it may cause a holder to recognize gain (but not loss) with
respect to any Certificates held by it, even though Tax Counsel will deliver its
opinion that a Certificate will be treated as debt for federal income tax
purposes without regard to the election and the Certificate would be treated as
debt following the election. Additionally, any such election and any related
amendments to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or the Supplement with respect
to Series 1996-1 may have other tax and non-tax consequences to
Certificateholders. Accordingly, prospective Certificateholders should consult
their tax advisors with regard to the effects of any such election and any
permitted related amendments on them in their particular circumstances.


  FOREIGN INVESTORS. Tax Counsel has given its opinion that the Certificates
will properly be classified as debt for federal income tax purposes. If the
Certificates are treated as debt:

       (a) interest paid to a nonresident alien or foreign corporation or
  partnership would be exempt from U.S. withholding taxes (including backup
  withholding taxes), provided the holder complies with applicable
  identification requirements (and does not actually or constructively own 10%
  or more of the voting stock of the Seller and is not a controlled foreign
  corporation with respect to the Seller). Applicable identification
  requirements will be satisfied if there is delivered to a securities clearing
  organization (or bank or other financial institution that holds the
  Certificates on behalf of the customer in the ordinary course of its trade or
  business) (i) IRS Form W-8 signed under penalties of perjury by the beneficial
  owner of such Certificates stating that the holder is not a U.S. person and
  providing such holder's name and address, (ii) IRS Form 1001 signed by the
  beneficial owner of such Certificates or such owner's agent claiming exemption
  from withholding under an applicable tax treaty, or (iii) IRS Form 4224 signed
  by the beneficial owner of such Certificates of such owner's agent claiming
  exemption from withholding of tax on income connected with the conduct of a
  trade or business in the United States; provided in any such case (x) the
  applicable form is delivered pursuant to applicable procedures and is properly
  transmitted to the United States entity otherwise required to withhold tax and
  (y) none of the entities receiving the form has actual knowledge that the
  holder is a U.S. person or that any certification on the form is false;

       (b) a holder of a Certificate who is a nonresident alien or foreign
  corporation will not be subject to United States federal income tax on gain
  realized on the sale, exchange or redemption of such Certificate, provided
  that (i) such gain is not effectively connected to a trade or business carried
  on by the holder in the United States, (ii) in the case of a holder that is an
  individual, such holder is not present in the United States for 183 days or
  more during the taxable year in which such sale, exchange or redemption occurs
  and (iii) in the case of gain representing accrued interest, the conditions
  described in clause (a) are satisfied; and

       (c) a Certificate held by an individual who at the time of death is a
  nonresident alien will not be subject to United States federal estate tax as a
  result of such individual's death if, immediately before his death, (i) the
  individual did not actually or constructively own 10% or more of the voting
  stock of the Seller and (ii) the holding of such Certificate was not
  effectively connected with the conduct by the decedent of a trade or business
  in the United States.

  If the IRS were to contend successfully that the Certificates are interests in
a partnership (not taxable as a corporation), a Certificateholder that is a
nonresident alien or foreign corporation or partnership might be adversely
affected. If the Certificates are recharacterized as interests in an association
taxable as a corporation or

                                      88
<PAGE>
 
a "publicly traded partnership" taxable as a corporation, to the extent
distributions on the Certificates were treated as dividends, a nonresident alien
individual or foreign corporation would generally be taxed on the gross amount
of such dividends (and subject to withholding) at a rate of 30% unless such rate
were reduced by an applicable treaty.


                       STATE AND LOCAL TAX CONSEQUENCES

  The activities to be undertaken by the Servicer in servicing and collecting
the Receivables may be considered to take place in Missouri. The State of
Missouri imposes a state income tax which is based partially upon the net income
of corporations, partnerships and other entities doing business in the State of
Missouri. This discussion is based upon present provisions of Missouri statutes
and the regulations promulgated thereunder, and applicable judicial or ruling
authority, all of which are subject to change, which change may be retroactive.
No ruling on any of the issues discussed below will be sought from the Missouri
Department of Revenue.

  If the Certificates are treated as debt for federal income tax purposes, in
the opinion of Bryan Cave ("Missouri Tax Counsel"), this treatment will also
apply for Missouri income tax purposes. Pursuant to this treatment, the Trust
will not be subject to the Missouri income tax and Certificateholders not
otherwise subject to Missouri tax would not become subject to such tax solely
because of their mere ownership of the Certificates. Certificateholders already
subject to taxation in Missouri, however, could be required to pay tax on the
income generated from ownership of these Certificates.

  In the alternative, if the arrangement created by the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement is treated as a partnership (not taxable as a corporation) for federal
income tax purposes, in the opinion of Missouri Tax Counsel, the same treatment
should also apply for Missouri income tax purposes. Certificateholders, whether
Missouri residents or non-residents, who were partners in the constructive
partnership would be subject to Missouri income tax on their distributive shares
of the income from the constructive partnership. However, classification of the
arrangement as a "partnership" would not cause a Certificateholder not otherwise
subject to taxation in Missouri to pay Missouri income tax on income beyond that
derived from the Certificates.

  If the arrangement created by the Pooling and Servicing Agreement is treated
as an association taxable as a corporation or a "publicly traded partnership"
taxable as a corporation, then the hypothetical entity could be subject to the
Missouri income tax. Such taxes could result in reduced distributions to
Certificateholders. A Certificateholder not otherwise subject to tax in Missouri
would not become subject to Missouri income tax as a result of its mere
ownership of such an interest.

  Notwithstanding the foregoing, regardless of the treatment of the Certificates
or the arrangement for federal income tax purposes, a Certificateholder could be
subject to Missouri income tax if such Certificateholder participated in the
negotiation of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or otherwise developed a
taxable nexus to Missouri.

  In the opinion of Missouri Tax Counsel, if the Trust is not treated as an
association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, the Trust
will not be subject to any Missouri franchise tax imposed under Chapter 147 of
the Revised Statutes of Missouri.

  Because each state's income tax laws vary, it is impossible to predict the
income tax consequences to the Certificateholders in all of the state taxing
jurisdictions in which they are already subject to tax. Certificateholders are
urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to state and local income
and franchise taxes.

DUE TO THE COMPLEXITY OF THESE RULES AND THE CURRENT UNCERTAINTY AS TO THE
MANNER OF THEIR APPLICATION TO THE TRUST AND CERTIFICATEHOLDERS, IT IS

                                      89
<PAGE>
 
PARTICULARLY IMPORTANT THAT POTENTIAL INVESTORS CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS
REGARDING THE TAX TREATMENT OF THEIR ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF
THE CERTIFICATES.


                             ERISA CONSIDERATIONS


GENERAL

  Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit a pension, profit-
sharing or other employee benefit plan from engaging in certain transactions
involving "plan assets" with persons that are "parties in interest" under ERISA
or "disqualified persons" under the Code with respect to the plan. A violation
of these "prohibited transaction" rules may generate excise tax and other
liabilities under ERISA and the Code for such person. For example, a prohibited
transaction would arise, unless an exemption were available, if the Certificates
were viewed as debt of the Seller and the Seller were a disqualified person or
party in interest with respect to a plan that acquired Certificates.

  Moreover, additional prohibited transactions could arise if the assets of the
Trust were deemed to constitute assets of any plan that owned Certificates. The
Department of Labor ("DOL") has issued a final regulation (the "Plan Assets
Regulation") concerning the definition of what constitutes the "plan assets" of
an employee benefit plan subject to ERISA or the Code, or an individual
retirement account ("IRA") (collectively referred to as "Benefit Plans"). Under
the Plan Assets Regulation the assets and properties of certain corporations,
partnerships and certain other entities in which a Benefit Plan acquires an
"equity interest" could be deemed to be assets of the Benefit Plan in certain
circumstances. Accordingly, if Benefit Plans purchase Certificates, the Trust
could be deemed to hold plan assets of such Benefit Plan unless one of the
exceptions under the Plan Assets Regulation is applicable to the Trust.

  Purchasers which are insurance companies should consult with their counsel
with respect to the recent United States Supreme Court decision interpreting the
fiduciary responsibility rules of ERISA, John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Co.
v. Harris Bank and Trust (114 S.Ct. 517). In John Hancock, the Supreme Court
ruled that assets held in an insurance company's general account may be deemed
to be "plan assets" for ERISA purposes under certain circumstances. Prospective
purchasers should determine whether that decision affects their ability to make
purchases of the Certificates.


AVAILABILITY OF EXEMPTIONS FOR CERTIFICATES

  The Plan Assets Regulation contains an exception (the "Publicly-Offered
Securities Exception") that provides that if a Benefit Plan acquires a "publicly
- -offered security", the issuer of the security is not deemed to hold plan
assets. A publicly-offered security is a security that is (i) freely
transferable, (ii) part of a class of securities that is held, upon completion
of the public offering made hereby, by 100 or more investors independent of the
Trust and of one another and (iii) either is (A) part of a class of securities
registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act or (B) sold to the
plan as part of an offering of securities to the public pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act and the class of securities of
which such security is a part is registered under the Exchange Act within 120
days (or such later time as may be allowed by the Commission) after the end of
the fiscal year of the issuer during which the offering of such securities to
the public occurred.

  It is anticipated that the Class A Certificates will meet the criteria of the
Publicly-Offered Securities Exception as set forth above. The Underwriters
expect that the Class A Certificates will be held by at least 100 independent
persons at the conclusion of the offering, although no assurance can be given,
and no monitoring or

                                      90
<PAGE>
 
other measures will be taken to ensure, that such condition will be met with
respect to the Class A Certificates; there are no restrictions imposed on the
transfer of the Class A Certificates; and the Class A Certificates will be sold
as part of an offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the
Securities Act, and then will be timely registered under the Exchange Act.

     If the Certificates fail to meet the criteria of the Publicly-Offered
Securities Exception and the Trust's assets are deemed to include assets of
Benefit Plans that are holders of Certificates, transactions involving the Trust
and "parties in interest" or "disqualified persons" with respect to such plans
might be prohibited under Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code
unless an ERISA prohibited transaction exemption is applicable. Thus, for
example, if a participant in any Benefit Plan is an obligor or guarantor of one
of the Receivables, under DOL interpretations the purchase of the Certificates
by such plan could constitute a prohibited transaction. There are five class
exemptions issued by the DOL that may apply in such event: DOL Prohibited
Transaction Exemption 84-14 (Class Exemption for Plan Asset Transactions
Determined by Independent Qualified Professional Asset Managers), 91-38 (Class
Exemption for Certain Transactions Involving Bank Collective Investment Funds),
90-1 (Class Exemption for Transactions Involving Insurance Company Pooled
Separate Accounts), 95-60 (Class Exemption for Certain Transactions Involving
Insurance Company General Accounts), and 96-23 (Class Exemption for Plan Asset
Transactions Determined by an In-House Asset Manager). There is no assurance
that these exemptions, even if all of the conditions specified therein are
satisfied, will apply to all transactions involving the Trust's assets.

     The Underwriters currently do not expect that the Class B Certificates will
be held by at least 100 such persons and, therefore, do not expect that the
Class B Certificates will qualify as publicly-offered securities under the
Publicly-Offered Securities Exemption. Accordingly, the Class B Certificates may
not be acquired by (a) any employee benefit plan that is subject to ERISA, (b)
any plan or other arrangement (including an individual retirement account or
Keogh plan) that is subject to section 4975 of the Code or (c) any entity whose
underlying assets include "plan assets" under the Publicly-Offered Securities
Exemption by reason of any such plan's investment in the entity. By its
acceptance of a Class B Certificate or an interest therein, each Class B
Certificateholder and owner of a beneficial interest in the Class B Certificates
will be deemed to have represented and warranted that it is not subject to the
foregoing limitation.

REVIEW BY BENEFIT PLAN FIDUCIARIES

     Due to the complexity of these rules and the penalties imposed upon persons
involved in prohibited transactions, it is especially important that any Benefit
Plan fiduciary who proposes to cause a Benefit Plan to purchase Certificates
should consult with its own counsel with respect to the potential consequences
under ERISA and the Code of the Benefit Plan's acquisition and ownership of
Certificates. Assets of a Benefit Plan should not be invested in the
Certificates unless it is clear that the assets of the Trust will not be plan
assets.

                                      91
<PAGE>
 
                                 UNDERWRITING

     Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Underwriting Agreement
(the "Underwriting Agreement"), the Seller has agreed to cause the Trust to sell
to each of the underwriters list below (the "Underwriters"), and each of the
Underwriters for whom Deutsche Morgan Grenfell is acting as the representative
(the "Representative"), has severally agreed to purchase the principal amount of
Offered Certificates set forth opposite the name below.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                Aggregate Principal           Aggregate Principal
                                 Amount of Class A             Amount of Class B
Underwriter                 Certificates to be Purchased  Certificates to be Purchased
- -----------                 ----------------------------  ----------------------------
<S>                         <C>                           <C>

Deutsche Morgan Grenfell..      $                             $                      
                                -------------------           -------------------
[Other Underwriters]......      
                                -------------------           -------------------
Total.....................      $                             $
                                ===================           ===================
 
</TABLE>

     In the Underwriting Agreement, the several Underwriters have agreed,
subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, to purchase all of the
Offered Certificates offered hereby if any of the Offered Certificates are
purchased. In the event of a default by any Underwriter, the Underwriting
Agreement provides that, in certain circumstances, purchase commitments of the
nondefaulting Underwriters may be increased or the Underwriting Agreement may be
terminated.

     The Seller has been advised by the Representative that the several
Underwriters propose initially to offer the Offered Certificates to the public
at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, and
to certain dealers at such price less a concession not in excess of ____% of the
principal amount of the Offered Certificates. The Underwriters may allow and
such dealers may reallow to other dealers a discount not in excess of ____% of
such principal amount. After the initial public offering, such public offering
price, concession and reallowance may be changed.

     The Underwriting Agreement provides that the Seller will indemnify the
Underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under applicable
securities laws, or contribute to payments the Underwriters may be required to
make in respect thereof. The Underwriting Agreement provides that DFS and
[__________________] will indemnify the Underwriters against certain
liabilities, including liabilities under applicable securities laws, or
contribute to payments the Underwriters may be required to make in respect
thereof.

     Deutsche Morgan Grenfell and DFS are each indirect, wholly-owned
subsidiaries of Deutsche Bank AG. DFS is the limited partner of the Seller and
the parent of Deutsche Floorplan Receivables, Inc., the general partner of the
Seller. Any obligations of Deutsche Morgan Grenfell are the sole responsibility
of Deutsche Morgan Grenfell and do not create any obligation on the part of any
affiliate of Deutsche Morgan Grenfell.


                                 LEGAL MATTERS

     Certain legal matters relating to the Certificates will be passed upon for
the Seller by Naran U. Burchinow, Esq., General Counsel of the Servicer, and by
Mayer, Brown & Platt, Chicago, Illinois, and for the Underwriters by Mayer,
Brown & Platt, Chicago, Illinois. Certain federal income tax matters will be
passed upon for the Seller and the Trust by Mayer, Brown & Platt, Chicago,
Illinois, and certain Missouri income tax matters will be passed upon for the
Seller and the Trust by Bryan Cave, St. Louis, Missouri.

                                      92
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           INDEX OF PRINCIPAL TERMS
<S>                                                                  <C>

A/R Receivable Overconcentration...........................................54
A/R Receivables............................................................28
Accounts................................................................... 1
Accounts Receivable Business...............................................28
Accumulation Period........................................................12
Accumulation Period Commencement Date......................................12
Accumulation Period Length.................................................12
Addition Date..............................................................50
Additional Accounts........................................................55
Additional Cut-Off Date....................................................50
Additional Interest........................................................64
Adjustment Date............................................................44
Adjustment Payment.........................................................71
Asset Based Receivable Overconcentration...................................54
Asset Based Receivables....................................................32
Automatic Addition Condition...............................................55
Available Certificateholder Principal Collections..........................68
Available Seller's Collections.............................................62
Available Seller's Non-Principal Collections...............................62
Available Seller's Principal Collections...................................62
Available Subordinated Amount..........................................14, 65
Bankruptcy Code............................................................84
Benefit Plans..............................................................91
Carry-Over Amount..........................................................43
Cede....................................................................2, 43
CEDEL...................................................................... 8
CEDEL Participants.........................................................46
Certificate Owners......................................................2, 26
Certificate Rates......................................................11, 43
Certificateholder Non-Principal Collections................................66
Certificateholders......................................................4, 26
Certificateholders' Interest............................................... 7
Certificates.............................................................1, 4
Citibank................................................................9, 47
Class A Additional Interest................................................64
Class A Certificate Rate...............................................11, 43
Class A Certificateholders..................................................4
Class A Certificates.....................................................1, 4
Class A Initial Invested Amount............................................58
Class A Interest Shortfall.................................................64
Class A Invested Amount....................................................58
Class A Investor Charge-Off................................................71
Class A Monthly Interest...................................................63
Class A Percentage.........................................................58
Class B Additional Interest................................................64
Class B Certificate Rate...............................................11, 43
Class B Certificateholders................................................. 4
Class B Certificates.....................................................1, 4
Class B Initial Invested Amount............................................59
</TABLE>

                                       93
<PAGE>
<TABLE>

<S>                                                                  <C>
Class B Interest Shortfall.................................................64
Class B Invested Amount....................................................59
Class B Investor Charge-Off................................................71
Class B Monthly Interest...................................................63
Class B Percentage.........................................................59
Class C Additional Interest................................................64
Class C Certificate Rate...............................................11, 43
Class C Certificateholders................................................. 4
Class C Certificates.....................................................1, 4
Class C Initial Invested Amount............................................59
Class C Interest Shortfall.................................................64
Class C Invested Amount....................................................59
Class C Investor Charge-Off................................................71
Class C Monthly Interest...................................................63
Class C Percentage.........................................................59
Closing Date...............................................................10
Code...................................................................16, 85
Collateral Security........................................................ 5
Collection Account.........................................................57
Collection Period.......................................................... 9
Commission................................................................. 2
Controlled Amortization Amount.............................................68
Controlled Distribution Amount.............................................68
Cooperative................................................................46
curtailments...............................................................30
De minimis amount..........................................................86
Dealer Overconcentration...................................................54
Dealers.................................................................6, 28
Defaulted Amount...........................................................70
Defaulted Receivables......................................................70
Deficiency Amount..........................................................63
Definitive Certificates....................................................48
Delayed Funding Receivable.................................................29
Depositaries............................................................9, 47
Depositary.................................................................47
Depository.................................................................42
Determination Date.........................................................15
Deutsche BSC............................................................... 5
Deutsche FRI...............................................................26
Deutsche Morgan Grenfell...................................................41
DFS......................................................................1, 4
Discount Factor.........................................................7, 61
Distribution Date.......................................................2, 10
Distribution Date Statement................................................77
DOL........................................................................91
DTC........................................................................ 2
Early Amortization Event...................................................71
Early Amortization Period..................................................14
ECS........................................................................29
Eligible Account...........................................................52
Eligible Accounts.......................................................... 6
Eligible Deposit Account...................................................57
</TABLE>

                                       94
<PAGE>
<TABLE>

<S>                                                                  <C>
Eligible Institution.......................................................57
Eligible Investments.......................................................57
Eligible Portfolio.........................................................33
Eligible Receivable........................................................52
Eligible Receivables....................................................... 6
Enhancement................................................................ 5
Enhancement Provider.......................................................51
ERISA......................................................................16
Euroclear.................................................................. 8
Euroclear Operator.........................................................46
Euroclear Participants.....................................................46
Excess Principal Collections...............................................60
Excess Seller's Percentage.................................................62
Excess Servicing...........................................................66
Exchange Act............................................................... 2
Existing Manufacturer......................................................55
Expected Final Payment Date............................................11, 41
FASIT......................................................................88
Field Audit System.........................................................31
financial asset securitization investment trust............................88
Floating Allocation Percentage.............................................59
Floorplan Agreement........................................................30
Floorplan Business.........................................................28
Floorplan Receivables......................................................28
FSRs.......................................................................31
Holders....................................................................48
Incremental Default Amount.................................................65
Independent Director.......................................................26
Index Maturity.............................................................44
Indirect Participants......................................................45
Individual Unsecured Receivable Overconcentration..........................54
Ineligible Receivables.................................................51, 53
Initial Closing Date.......................................................50
Initial Cut-Off Date....................................................... 5
Insolvency Laws............................................................26
Interest Funding Account...................................................68
Interest Funding Account Balance...........................................68
Interest Period........................................................10, 43
Invested Amount............................................................59
Investment Proceeds........................................................66
Investor Default Amount....................................................70
IRA........................................................................91
IRS........................................................................85
Job Protection Act of 1996.................................................88
LIBOR......................................................................44
London Business Day........................................................44
Manufacturer...............................................................29
Manufacturer Overconcentration.............................................54
Miscellaneous Payments.....................................................59
Missouri Tax Counsel.......................................................90
Monthly Interest...........................................................63
</TABLE>

                                       95
<PAGE>
<TABLE>

<S>                                                                  <C>
Monthly Payment Rate.......................................................43
Monthly Principal..........................................................68
Monthly Servicing Fee......................................................76
Morgan..................................................................9, 47
Net Receivables Rate.......................................................43
New Issuance............................................................... 9
Non-Principal Collections.................................................. 7
NSF........................................................................70
Offered Certificates.....................................................1, 4
OID........................................................................86
OID Certificates...........................................................86
Overconcentration Amount...................................................53
Overconcentration Default Amount...........................................65
Participants...............................................................45
Participations.............................................................32
Pay-as-Sold................................................................30
Plan assets............................................................16, 17
Plan Assets Regulation.....................................................91
Pool Balance...............................................................10
Pooling and Servicing Agreement.........................................5,.42
Principal Allocation Percentage............................................59
Principal Collections...................................................... 7
Principal Funding Account..............................................12, 69
Principal Funding Account Balance..........................................69
Principal Shortfalls.......................................................60
Principal Terms............................................................49
Private Label..............................................................32
Product Line Overconcentration.............................................54
Prohibited transaction.....................................................16
Publicly-Offered Securities Exception......................................91
Rating Agency..........................................................17, 25
Rating Agency Condition.................................................... 9
Receivables................................................................ 1
Receivables Contribution and Sale Agreement................................ 6
Record Date................................................................45
Registration Statement..................................................... 2
Regulations................................................................87
Removal Date...............................................................56
Removal Notice.............................................................56
Removed Accounts...........................................................56
Representative.............................................................93
Required Participation Amount..............................................56
Required Participation Percentage..........................................56
Required Subordination Draw Amount.........................................63
Reserve Fund...............................................................67
Reserve Fund Deposit Amount................................................67
Reserve Fund Required Amount...............................................67
Revolving Period...........................................................12
SAU........................................................................70
Scheduled Payment Plans....................................................30
Securities Act............................................................. 2
</TABLE>

                                       96
<PAGE>
<TABLE>

<S>                                                                  <C>
Seller...................................................................1, 4
Seller's Certificate....................................................4, 48
Seller's Interest........................................................1, 7
Seller's Participation Amount..............................................63
Seller's Percentage........................................................63
Series..................................................................... 1
Series 1994-1.............................................................. 9
Series 1994-1 Certificates................................................. 9
Series 1994-1 Closing Date.................................................21
Series 1996-1............................................................1, 4
Series 1996-1 Allocation Percentage........................................60
Series 1996-1 Cut-off Date................................................. 7
Series Issuance Date.......................................................50
Service Transfer...........................................................76
Servicer.................................................................1, 4
Servicer Default...........................................................77
Servicing Fee..............................................................75
Servicing Fee Rate.........................................................76
Supplement................................................................. 9
Supplemental Certificate...................................................48
Tax Counsel................................................................85
Tax Opinion................................................................49
Termination Date...........................................................74
Terms and Conditions.......................................................46
Transfer Date..............................................................50
Transfer Deposit Amount................................................51, 75
Trust....................................................................1, 4
Trust Available Subordinated Amount........................................60
Trust Incremental Subordinated Amount......................................65
Trust Invested Amount......................................................60
Trust Portfolio............................................................33
Trustee..................................................................1, 5
UCC........................................................................19
Unallocated Principal Collections..........................................60
Underwriters...............................................................93
Underwriting Agreement.....................................................93
Unsecured Receivable Overconcentration.....................................54
Unsecured Receivables...................................................6, 32
</TABLE>

                                       97
<PAGE>
 
                                    ANNEX 1

                    OTHER ISSUANCES OF INVESTOR CERTIFICATES


This Annex 1 sets forth certain characteristics of Series 1994-1.

Initial principal balance...........  $1,000,000,000

Scheduled interest payment dates....  The fifteenth day of each month (or, if
                                      such day is not a business day, the next
                                      succeeding business day)

Current outstanding principal
balance.............................  $1,000,000,000

Revolving Period....................  February 28, 1994 to the earlier of (i)
                                      the day immediately preceding the
                                      Accumulation Period Commencement Date
                                      (which day could be October 1, 1998) and
                                      (ii) the business day immediately
                                      preceding an Early Amortization Period.

Expected Final Payment Date.........  February 1999 Distribution Date

Termination Date....................  February 2001 Distribution Date




                                      A-1
<PAGE>
 
 
                                                                       EXHIBIT B

     GLOBAL CLEARANCE, SETTLEMENT AND TAX DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES

     Except in certain limited circumstances, the globally offered Certificates
(the "Global Securities") will be available only in book-entry form. Investors
in the Global Securities may hold such Global Securities through any of The
Depository Trust Company ("DTC"), CEDEL or Euroclear. The Global Securities will
be tradeable as home market instruments in both the European and U.S. domestic
markets. Initial settlements and all secondary trades will settle in same-day
funds.

     Secondary market trading between investors holding Global Securities
through CEDEL and Euroclear will be conducted in the ordinary way in accordance
with their normal rules and operating procedures and in accordance with
conventional eurobond practice (i.e., seven calendar day settlement).

     Secondary market trading between investors holding Global Securities
through DTC will be conducted according to the rules and procedures applicable
to U.S. corporate debt obligations and prior asset backed certificates issues.

     Secondary cross-market trading between CEDEL or Euroclear and DTC
Participants holding Certificates will be effected on a delivery-against-payment
basis through the respective Depositaries of CEDEL and Euroclear (in such
capacity) and as DTC Participants.

     Non-U.S. holders (as described below) of Global Securities will be subject
to U.S. withholding taxes unless such holders meet certain requirements and
deliver appropriate U.S. tax documents to the securities clearing organizations
or their participants.


INITIAL SETTLEMENT

     All Global Securities will be held in book-entry form by DTC in the name of
CEDE & CO. as nominee of DTC. Investors' interests in the Global Securities will
be represented through financial institutions acting on their behalf as direct
and indirect Participants in DTC. As a result, CEDEL and Euroclear will hold
positions on behalf of their participants through their respective Depositaries,
which in turn will hold such positions in accounts as DTC Participants.

     Investors electing to hold their Global Securities through DTC will follow
the settlement practices applicable to prior asset backed certificates issues.
Investor securities custody accounts will be credited with their holdings
against payment in same-day funds on the settlement date.

     Investors electing to hold their Global Securities through CEDEL or
Euroclear accounts will follow the settlement procedures applicable to
conventional eurobonds, except that there will be no temporary global security
and no "lock-up" or restricted period. Global Securities will be credited to the
securities custody accounts on the settlement date against payment in same-day
funds.


SECONDARY MARKET TRADING

     Since the purchaser determines the place of delivery, it is important to
establish at the time of the trade where both the purchaser's and seller's
accounts are located to ensure that settlement can be made on the desired value
date.

                                      B-1
<PAGE>
 
 
     TRADING BETWEEN DTC PARTICIPANTS. Secondary market trading between DTC
Participants will be settled using the procedures applicable to prior asset
backed certificates issues in same-day funds.

     TRADING BETWEEN CEDEL AND/OR EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANTS. Secondary market
trading between CEDEL Participants or Euroclear Participants will be settled
using the procedures applicable to conventional eurobonds in same-day funds.

     TRADING BETWEEN DTC SELLER AND CEDEL OR EUROCLEAR PURCHASER. When Global
Securities are to be transferred from the account of a DTC Participant to the
account of a CEDEL Participant or a Euroclear Participant, the purchaser will
send instructions to CEDEL or Euroclear through a CEDEL Participant or Euroclear
Participant at least one business day prior to settlement. CEDEL or Euroclear
will instruct the respective Depositary, as the case may be, to receive the
Global Securities against payment. Payment will include interest accrued on the
Global Securities from and including the last coupon payment date to and
excluding the settlement date, on the basis of a calendar year consisting of
twelve 30-day calendar months. Payment will then be made by the respective
Depositary of the DTC Participant's account against delivery of the Global
Securities. After settlement has been completed, the Global Securities will be
credited to the respective clearing system and by the clearing system, in
accordance with its usual procedures, to the CEDEL Participant's or Euroclear
Participant's account. The securities credit will appear the next day (European
time) and the cash debt will be back-valued to, and the interest on the Global
Securities will accrue from, the value date (which would be the preceding day
when settlement occurred in New York). If settlement is not completed on the
intended value date (i.e., the trade fails), the CEDEL or Euroclear cash debt
will be valued instead as of the actual settlement date.

     CEDEL Participants and Euroclear Participants will need to make available
to the respective clearing systems the funds necessary to process same-day funds
settlement. The most direct means of doing so is to preposition funds for
settlement, either from cash on hand or existing lines of credit, as they would
for any settlement occurring within CEDEL or Euroclear. Under this approach,
they may take on credit exposure to CEDEL or Euroclear until the Global
Securities are credited to their accounts one day later.

     As an alternative, if CEDEL or Euroclear has extended a line of credit to
them, CEDEL Participants or Euroclear Participants can elect not to preposition
funds and allow that credit line to be drawn upon the finance settlement. Under
this procedure, CEDEL Participants or Euroclear Participants purchasing Global
Securities would incur overdraft charges for one day, assuming they cleared the
overdraft when the Global Securities were credited to their accounts. However,
interest on the Global Securities would accrue from the value date. Therefore,
in many cases the investment income on the Global Securities earned during that
one-day period may substantially reduce or offset the amount of such overdraft
charges, although this result will depend on each CEDEL Participant's or
Euroclear Participant's particular cost of funds.

     Since the settlement is taking place during New York business hours, DTC
Participants can employ their usual procedures for sending Global Securities to
the respective Depositary for the benefit of CEDEL Participants or Euroclear
Participants. The sale proceeds will be available to the DTC seller on the
settlement date. Thus, to the DTC Participant a cross-market transaction will
settle no differently than a trade between two DTC Participants.

     TRADING BETWEEN CEDEL OR EUROCLEAR SELLER AND DTC PURCHASER. Due to time
zone differences in their favor, CEDEL Participants and Euroclear Participants
may employ their customary procedures for transactions in which Global
Securities are to be transferred by the respective clearing system, through the
respective Depositary, to a DTC Participant. The seller will send instructions
to CEDEL or Euroclear through a CEDEL Participant or Euroclear Participant at
least one business day prior to settlement. In these cases, CEDEL or Euroclear
will instruct the respective Depositary, as appropriate, to deliver the Global
Securities to the DTC Participant's account against payment. Payment will
include interest accrued on the Global Securities from and including the last
coupon payment to and excluding the settlement date on the basis of a calendar
year consisting of twelve 30-day calendar months. The payment will then be
reflected in the account of the CEDEL Participant or Euroclear Participant the

                                      B-2
<PAGE>
 
 
following day, and receipt of the cash proceeds in the CEDEL Participant's or
Euroclear Participant's account would be back-valued to the value date (which
would be the preceding day, when settlement occurred in New York). Should the
CEDEL Participant or Euroclear Participant have a line of credit with its
respective clearing system and elect to be in debt in anticipation of receipt of
the sale proceeds in its account, the back-valuation will extinguish any
overdraft incurred over that one-day period. If settlement is not completed on
the intended value date, (i.e., the trade fails), receipt of the cash proceeds
in the CEDEL Participant's or Euroclear Participant's account would instead be
valued as of the actual settlement date.

     Finally, day traders that use CEDEL or Euroclear and that purchase Global
Securities from DTC Participants for delivery to CEDEL Participants or Euroclear
Participants should note that these trades would automatically fail on the sale
side unless affirmative action were taken. At least three techniques should be
readily available to eliminate this potential problem:

       (a) borrowing through CEDEL or Euroclear for one day (until the purchase
  side of the day trade is reflected in their CEDEL or Euroclear accounts) in
  accordance with the clearing system's customary procedures;

       (b) borrowing the Global Securities in the U.S. from a DTC Participant no
  later than one day prior to settlement, which would give the Global Securities
  sufficient time to be reflected in their CEDEL or Euroclear account in order
  to settle the sale side of the trade; or

       (c) staggering the value dates for the buy and sell sides of the trade so
  that the value date for the purchase from the DTC Participant is at least one
  day prior to the value date for the sale to the CEDEL Participant or Euroclear
  Participant.


CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS

     A beneficial owner of Global Securities holding securities through CEDEL or
Euroclear (or through DTC if the holder has an address outside the U.S.) will be
subject to the 30% U.S. withholding tax that generally applies to payments of
interest (including original interest discount) on registered debt issued by
U.S. Persons, unless (i) each clearing system, bank or other financial
institution that holds customers' securities in the ordinary course of its trade
or business in the chain of intermediaries between such beneficial owner and the
U.S. entity required to withhold tax complies with applicable certification
requirements and (ii) such beneficial owner takes one of the following steps to
obtain an exemption or reduced tax rate:

       EXEMPTION FOR NON-U.S. PERSONS (FORM W-8). Beneficial owners of Global
     Securities that are non-U.S. Persons (and each of which does not actually
     or constructively own 10% or more of the voting stock of the Seller and is
     not a controlled foreign corporation with respect to the Seller) can obtain
     a complete exemption from the withholding tax by filing a signed Form W-8
     (Certificate of Foreign Status). If the information shown on Form W-8
     changes, a new Form W-8 must be filed within 30 days of such change.

       EXEMPTION FOR NON-U.S. PERSONS WITH EFFECTIVELY CONNECTED INCOME (FORM
     4224). A non-U.S. Person, including a non-U.S. corporation or bank with a
     U.S. branch, for which the interest income is effectively connected with
     its conduct of a trade or business in the United States, can obtain an
     exemption from the withholding tax by filing Form 4224 (Exemption from
     Withholding of Tax on Income Effectively Connected with the Conduct of a
     Trade or Business in the United States).

                                      B-3
<PAGE>
 
 
       EXEMPTION OR REDUCED RATE FOR NON-U.S. PERSONS RESIDENT IN TREATY
  COUNTRIES (FORM 1001). Non-U.S. Persons that are Certificate Owners residing
  in a country that has a tax treaty with the United States can obtain an
  exemption or reduced tax rate (depending on the treaty terms) by filing Form
  1001 (Ownership, Exemption or Reduced Rate Certificate). If the treaty
  provides only for a reduced rate, withholding tax will be imposed at that rate
  unless the filer alternatively files Form W-8. Form 1001 may be filed by the
  Certificate Owner or his agent.

       EXEMPTION OF U.S. PERSONS (FORM W-9). U.S. Persons can obtain a complete
  exemption from the withholding tax by filing Form W-9 (Payer's Request for
  Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification).

       U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX REPORTING PROCEDURE. The Certificate Owner of a
  Global Security or, in the case of a Form 1001 or a Form 4224 filer, his
  agent, files by submitting the appropriate form to the person through whom it
  holds (the clearing agency, in the case of persons holding directly on the
  books of the clearing agency). Form W-8 and Form 1001 are effective for three
  calendar years and Form 4224 is effective for one calendar year.

                                      B-4
<PAGE>

================================================================================
No dealer, salesperson, or other person has been authorized to give any
information or to make any representation not contained in the Prospectus and,
if given or made, such information or representation must not be relied upon as
having been authorized by Deutsche Floorplan Receivables, L.P. or the
Underwriters. This Prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a
solicitation or an offer to buy any of the securities offered hereby in any
jurisdiction to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such offer in such
jurisdiction. Neither the delivery of this Prospectus nor any sale made
hereunder shall, under any circumstances, create any implication that the
information contained herein is correct as of any time subsequent to its date.
                           -------------------------

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
Available Information ....................................................    2
Reports to Certificateholders ............................................    2
Other Information ........................................................    3
Incorporation of Certain Documents
 By Reference ............................................................    3
Prospectus Summary .......................................................    4
Risk Factors .............................................................   19
Deutsche Floorplan Receivables, L.P. and Deutsche
 Floorplan Receivables, Inc. .............................................   26
The Trust ................................................................   27
Use of Proceeds ..........................................................   28
The Dealer Floorplan Financing Business of
 DFS .....................................................................   28 
The Accounts .............................................................   33
Deutsche Financial Services Corporation ..................................   41
Deutsche Bank AG. ........................................................   41
Maturity and Principal Payment Considerations ............................   41
Description of the Certificates ..........................................   42
Description of the Receivables Contribution
 and Sale Agreement ......................................................   80
Certain Legal Aspects of The Receivables .................................   82
Federal Income Tax Considerations ........................................   85
State and Local Tax Consequences .........................................   90
ERISA Considerations .....................................................   91
Underwriting .............................................................   93
Legal Matters ............................................................   93
Index of Principal Terms .................................................   94
Annex 1 ..................................................................  A-1
Global Clearance, Settlement and Tax
 Documentation Procedures ................................................  B-1
                         ----------------------------

Until 90 days after the date of this Prospectus, all dealers effecting
transactions in the Certificates, whether or not participating in this
distribution, may be required to deliver a Prospectus. This is in addition to
the obligation of dealers to deliver a Prospectus when acting as underwriters
and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


================================================================================

                              DEUTSCHE FLOORPLAN
                           RECEIVABLES MASTER TRUST


                           $_________________________


                             $______ FLOATING RATE
                           ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES,
                             SERIES 1996-1, CLASS A

                             $______ FLOATING RATE
                           ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES,
                             SERIES 1996-1, CLASS B


                              DEUTSCHE FLOORPLAN
                               RECEIVABLES, L.P.
                                    SELLER

                              DEUTSCHE FINANCIAL
                             SERVICES CORPORATION
                                   SERVICER


                             ---------------------

                                   PROSPECTUS

                             ---------------------



                            DEUTSCHE MORGAN GRENFELL

                                 ________, 1996
<PAGE>
 
              SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED ______________, 1996 

P R O S P E C T U S                                            [ALTERNATE COVER]
- -------------------                   
                                 $_____________
                  Deutsche Floorplan Receivables Master Trust
 $____________ Floating Rate Asset Backed Certificates, Series 1996-1, Class A
 $____________ Floating Rate Asset Backed Certificates, Series 1996-1, Class B
                      Deutsche Floorplan Receivables, L.P.
                                     Seller
                    Deutsche Financial Services Corporation
                                    Servicer

                                  ---------------

  The $___________ Floating Rate Asset Backed Certificates, Series 1996-1, Class
A (the "Class A Certificates") and the $___________ Floating Rate Asset Backed
Certificates, Series 1996-1, Class B (the "Class B Certificates" and together
with the Class A Certificates, the "Offered Certificates") offered hereby
evidence undivided interests in certain assets of the Deutsche Floorplan
Receivables Master Trust (the "Trust") created pursuant to a Pooling and
Servicing Agreement among Deutsche Floorplan Receivables, L.P., as the seller
(the "Seller"), Deutsche Financial Services Corporation, as servicer ("DFS" or
the "Servicer"), and Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A., as trustee (the "Trustee"). The
Trust will also issue $___________ Floating Rate Asset Backed Certificates,
Series 1996-1, Class C (the "Class C Certificates" and, together with the
Offered Certificates, the "Certificates" or "Series 1996-1"), which are not
being offered hereby. The Trust assets include receivables (the "Receivables")
generated from time to time in a portfolio of revolving financing arrangements
(the "Accounts") with dealers and manufacturers to finance their inventory and
their accounts receivable and the collections on the Receivables, as more fully
described herein. See "The Trust." Certain assets of the Trust will be allocated
to Certificateholders, including the right to receive a varying percentage of
each month's collections with respect to the Receivables at the times and in the
manner described herein. See "Description of the Certificates--Allocation
Percentages." The Seller will own the remaining interest in the Trust not
represented by the Certificates or the certificates of any other Series issued
by the Trust (the "Seller's Interest"). From time to time, subject to certain
conditions, the Seller may offer other series of certificates (each, a
"Series"), which may have terms significantly different from the terms of the
Certificates. (Continued on next page).

  Prospective investors should consider the factors set forth on pages 19 to
26 under "Risk Factors".

                                  ---------------

THE OFFERED CERTIFICATES REPRESENT BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN THE TRUST ONLY AND 
  DO NOT REPRESENT INTERESTS IN OR OBLIGATIONS OF THE SELLER, THE SERVICER, 
    DEUTSCHE BANK AG OR ANY AFFILIATE THEREOF. NONE OF THE CERTIFICATES, 
      THE RECEIVABLES OR THE OTHER ASSETS OF THE TRUST ARE INSURED OR 
                    GUARANTEED BY ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.

  THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
   EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURI-
     TIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED
       UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.  ANY REPRESENTA-
                  TION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
========================================================================== 
                           Price to      Underwriting    Proceeds to the
                           Public(l)      Discount(2)     Seller(1)(3)
 
<S>                        <C>            <C>              <C>
========================================================================== 
Per Class A Certificate..  _________%     _________%       _________%
__________________________________________________________________________ 
Per Class B Certificate..  _________%     _________%       _________%
__________________________________________________________________________ 
Total....................  $_________     $_________       $_________
==========================================================================
</TABLE>
(1)  Plus accrued interest, if any, at the applicable Certificate Rate from
     ___________, 1996.

(2) The Seller has agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against certain
    liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

(3) Before deducting expenses, estimated to be $_________.


  This Prospectus may be used by Deutsche Morgan Grenfell, an affiliate of the
Seller and the Servicer, in connection with market making transactions in the
Offered Certificates.  Deutsche Morgan Grenfell may act as principal or agent in
such transactions.  Such sales will be made at prices related to prevailing
market prices at the time of sale or otherwise.  Certain information in this
Prospectus will be updated from time to time as described in "Incorporation of
Certain Documents by Reference."

                            DEUTSCHE MORGAN GRENFELL


                 The date of this Prospectus is _________, 1996


A registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission but has not yet become effective.
Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. These
securities may not be sold nor may offers to buy be accepted prior to the time
the registration statement becomes effective.  This preliminary prospectus shall
not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall
there be any sale of these securities in any State in which such offer,
solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior to registration or qualification
under the securities laws of any State.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                [ALTERNATE PAGE]


                                  UNDERWRITING

  This Prospectus may be used by Deutsche Morgan Grenfell in connection with
offers and sales related to market-making transactions in the Offered
Certificates.  Deutsche Morgan Grenfell may act as principal or agent in such
transactions.  Such sales will be made at prices related to prevailing markets
prices at the time of sale or otherwise.  Deutsche Morgan Grenfell does not have
any obligation to make a market in the Offered Certificates, and it may
discontinue any such market-making activities at any time without notice, in its
sole discretion.  Deutsche Morgan Grenfell is among the underwriters
participating in the initial distribution of the Offered Certificates.

  Deutsche Morgan Grenfell and DFS are each indirect, wholly-owned subsidiaries
of Deutsche Bank AG.  DFS is the limited partner of the Seller and the parent of
Deutsche Floorplan Receivables, Inc., the general partner of the Seller.  Any
obligations of Deutsche Morgan Grenfell are the sole responsibility of Deutsche
Morgan Grenfell and do not create any obligation on the part of any affiliate of
Deutsche Morgan Grenfell.


                                 LEGAL MATTERS

  Certain legal matters relating to the Certificates will be passed upon for the
Seller by Naran U. Burchinow, Esq., General Counsel of the Servicer,  and by
Mayer, Brown & Platt, Chicago, Illinois, and for the Underwriters by Mayer,
Brown & Platt, Chicago, Illinois.  Certain federal income tax matters will be
passed upon for the Seller and the Trust by Mayer, Brown & Platt, Chicago,
Illinois, and certain Missouri income tax matters will be passed upon for the
Seller and the Trust by Bryan Cave, St. Louis, Missouri.

                                       93
<PAGE>
 
                                                          [ALTERNATE BACK COVER]

================================================================================
No dealer, salesperson, or other person has been authorized to give any
information or to make any representation not contained in the Prospectus and,
if given or made, such information or representation must not be relied upon.
This Prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation or an
offer to buy any of the securities offered hereby in any jurisdiction to any
person to whom it is unlawful to make such offer in such jurisdiction.  Neither
the delivery of this Prospectus nor any sale made hereunder shall, under any
circumstances, create any implication that the information contained herein is
correct as of any time subsequent to its date.


                           -------------------------


                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
Available Information.....................................................    2
Reports to Certificateholders.............................................    2
Other Information.........................................................    3
Incorporation of Certain Documents
By Reference..............................................................    3
Prospectus Summary........................................................    4
Risk Factors..............................................................   19
Deutsche Floorplan Receivables, L.P., and Deutsche
Floorplan Receivables, Inc................................................   26
The Trust.................................................................   27
Use of Proceeds...........................................................   28
The Dealer Floorplan Financing Business of
DFS.......................................................................   28
The Accounts..............................................................   33
Deutsche Financial Services Corporation...................................   41
Deutsche Bank AG..........................................................   41
Maturity and Principal Payment Considerations.............................   41
Description of the Certificates...........................................   42
Description of the Receivables Contribution
and Sale Agreement........................................................   80
Certain Legal Aspects of The Receivables..................................   82
Federal Income Tax Considerations.........................................   85
State and Local Tax Consequences..........................................   90
ERISA Considerations......................................................   91
Underwriting..............................................................   93
Legal Matters.............................................................   93
Index of Principal Terms..................................................   94
Annex 1...................................................................  A-1
Global Clearance, Settlement and Tax
Documentation Procedures..................................................  B-1

                         ----------------------------

Until 90 days after the date of this Prospectus, all dealers effecting
transactions in the Certificates, whether or not participating in this
distribution, may be required to deliver a Prospectus.  This is in addition to
the obligation of dealers to deliver a Prospectus when acting as underwriters
and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

================================================================================

 
                              DEUTSCHE FLOORPLAN
                           RECEIVABLES MASTER TRUST


                             $
                              ------------------



                             $       FLOATING RATE
                              ------
                          ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES,
                            SERIES 1996-1, CLASS A

                             $       FLOATING RATE
                              ------
                          ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES,
                            SERIES 1996-1, CLASS B



                              DEUTSCHE FLOORPLAN
                               RECEIVABLES, L.P.
                                    SELLER


                              DEUTSCHE FINANCIAL
                             SERVICES CORPORATION
                                   SERVICER



                             ---------------------

                                  PROSPECTUS

                             ---------------------



                           DEUTSCHE MORGAN GRENFELL

                                         , 1996
                                 --------

<PAGE>
 
                                    PART II

                    INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 14.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

     The following table sets forth the estimated expenses in connection with
the offering of the Certificates being registered under this Registration
Statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                           <C>
     SEC Registration Fee.................    $_______

     Printing and Engraving...............     _______

     Legal Fees and Expenses..............     _______

     Trustee Fees and Expenses............     _______

     Blue Sky Fees and Expenses...........     _______

     Rating Agency Fees...................     _______

     Miscellaneous........................     _______

          Total...........................    $_______
</TABLE>

ITEM 15.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

     Article Ninth of Deutsche Floorplan Receivables, Inc.'s Articles of
Incorporation provides for indemnification of directors and officers of the
Registrant to the full extent permitted by Nevada law.

     Section 78.751A of the Nevada General Corporation Law provides, in
substance, that Nevada corporations shall have the power, under specified
circumstances, to indemnify their directors, officers, employees and agents in
connection with actions, suits or proceedings brought against them by a third
party or in the right of the corporation, by reason of the fact that they were
or are such directors, officers, employees or agents, against expenses incurred
in any such action, suit or proceeding. The Nevada General Corporation Law also
provides that the Registrant may purchase insurance on behalf of any such
director, officer, employee or agent.


ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS.

     1.1  Form of Underwriting Agreement*
     3.1  Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Registrant*
     4.1  Form of Pooling and Servicing Agreement*
     4.2  Series 1996-1 Supplement (including forms of Certificates)*
     5.1  Opinion of Mayer, Brown & Platt as to legality of the Certificates
          (including consent of such firm)*
     8.1  Opinion of Mayer, Brown & Platt as to certain U.S. tax matters
          (including consent of such firm)*
     8.2  Opinion of Bryan Cave as to certain Missouri tax matters (including
          consent of such firm)*
     10.1 Form of Receivables Contribution and Sale Agreement*
     23.1 Consent of Mayer, Brown & Platt (included in exhibits 5.1 and 8.1
          hereof)*
     23.2 Consent of Bryan Cave (included in exhibit 8.2 hereof)*
     24.1 Power of Attorney (included at II-3)

_________________
*  To be filed by amendment.
<PAGE>
 
ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS.

     A.   The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

          (1)  For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities
     Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), the information omitted from the form
     of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon
     Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant
     pursuant to Rule 424(b) (1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Act shall be deemed
     to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared
     effective.

          (2)  For the purpose of determining any liability under the Act, each
     post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed
     to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered
     therein, and the offering of such securities at the time shall be deemed to
     be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

          (3)  To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being
     made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

               (i)  To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of
          the Act;

               (ii)  To reflect in the prospectus any fact or events arising
          after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most
          recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the
          aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth
          in the registration statement;

               (iii)  To include any material information with respect to the
          plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration
          statement or any material change to such information set forth in the
          registration statement.

          (4)  For purposes of determining any liability under the Act, each
     filing of the Registrant's annual report pursuant to section 13(a) or
     section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
     "Exchange Act") that is incorporated by reference in the registration
     statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to
     the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that
     time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

          (5)  To provide to the Underwriters at the closing specified in the
     Underwriting Agreement certificates in such denomination and registered in
     such names as required by the Underwriters to permit prompt delivery to
     each purchaser.

          (6)  That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Act,
     each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration
     statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of
     such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide
     offering thereof.

          (7)  To remove from registration by means of a post-effective
     amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the
     termination of the offering.

                                     II-2
<PAGE>
 
     B.   Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Act may be
permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant
pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been
advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is,
therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred
or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against
public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.

                                     II-3
<PAGE>
 
                                  SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the
requirements for filing on Form S-3 and has duly caused this Registration
Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of St. Louis, State of Missouri on the 28th day of
August, 1996.

                              Deutsche Floorplan Receivables, L.P.

                              By:  Deutsche Floorplan Receivables, Inc.,
                                   General Partner


                              By:    /s/ Richard S. Schumacher
                                 ---------------------------------------
                              Name:      Richard S. Schumacher
                                   ------------------------------------- 
                              Title:     President and Treasurer
                                    ------------------------------------

                                     II-4
<PAGE>
 
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY


     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears
below constitutes and appoints Richard H. Schumacher, George J. Solovic, W.
Steven Culp and Naran U. Burchinow, and each of them, his/her true and lawful
attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and
resubstitution, for and in his/her name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments)
to this Registration Statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto,
and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them,
full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing
requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all
intents and purposes as might or could be done in person, hereby ratifying and
confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their
substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in their
capacities as officers and directors of Deutsche Floorplan Receivables, Inc. in
the capacities and on the dates indicated below.


   SIGNATURE                          TITLE                       DATE
   ---------                          -----                       ----


/s/ Richard H. Schumacher
- -------------------------   President and Treasurer              August 28, 1996
    Richard H. Schumacher     (Principal Executive Officer and
                            Principal Financial Officer)

/s/ George J. Solovic
- -------------------------   Senior Vice President and            August 28, 1996
    George J. Solovic        Controller
                               (Principal Accounting Officer)


/s/ Richard C. Goldman
- -------------------------   Director                             August 28, 1996
    Richard C. Goldman


/s/ C. Don Brown
- -------------------------   Director                             August 28, 1996
    C. Don Brown


/s/ Phil Stout
- -------------------------   Director                             August 28, 1996
    Phil Stout


                                     II-5
<PAGE>
 
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX

                                                                      SEQUENTIAL
EXHIBIT                                                                  PAGE
  NO.              DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT                               NUMBER
- -------            ----------------------                             ----------

1.1       --Form of Underwriting Agreement*
3.1       --Agreement of Limited Partnership*
4.1       --Form of Pooling and Servicing
            Agreement*
4.2       --Series 1996-1 Supplement (including form of Certificate)*
5.1       --Opinion of Mayer, Brown & Platt
            as to legality of the Certificates
            (including consent of such firm)*
8.1       --Opinion of Mayer, Brown & Platt
            as to certain U.S. tax matters
            (including consent of such firm)*
8.2       --Opinion of Bryan Cave as to certain
            Missouri tax matters (including
            consent of such firm)*
10.1      --Form of Receivables Contribution
            and Sale Agreement*
23.1      --Consent of Mayer, Brown & Platt (included in
            exhibits 5.1 and 8.1 hereof)*
23.2      --Consent of Bryan Cave (included in exhibit 8.2 hereof)*
24.1      --Power of Attorney (included at II-3)



____________________
*  To be filed by amendment.




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission